Write For Us About Bass Fishing - Want To Write A Post

Get the latest from Sea Angler submit guest article

If this doesn’t work, then cast as far as you possibly can. The classic bass rig for rough ground is the simple running leger, a fluctuation of which is the running paternoster or the one-hook fixed paternoster. 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. Another good spot is where a smaller estuary bottlenecks and narrows forming a fast moving current. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. Writers wanted While both options have very similar impacts with respect to the overall tonnage of bass taken by anglers, the Angling Trust believes the increased adaptability to take three fish during the peak season would benefit a greater number of members of the public who fish for bass and enjoy keeping fish for the table on the happening that they are able to go fishing, and are lucky enough to catch a few bass. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. You scoop out a shallow depression in the shingle and literally lay on your side with the rod facing at an angle across the sea. They will take all manner of bait, but their feeding predominantly follows a pattern. Tide is the key to the best fishing, with the early tide generally the top time. Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. In the autumn months they will feed up heavily on mackerel and herring. Submit content Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. This is a general rule, not always fact, with some beaches being devoid of bass on the flood but fishing well on the ebb. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. You have no items in your shopping cart. These will only last an hour, maybe a little longer, then the bass move off. Again, the sandeels are worked towards the peak of these pinnacles with the bass below them. Contributor guidelines Bright sunshine on surf beaches is rarely good. Please release your larger speciments to ensure that they can spawn and sustain our vital bass fishery!!. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. They are found around Skagerrak and throughout the North Sea, although they are not very common in the Baltic Sea. Discover why angling is so much fun for the whole family. While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. Those that persevere through these tough conditions can sometimes be rewarded by good catches providing they have the casting ability to reach the deeper water. Contributor guidelines Pick a bass up safely by its mouth, or draw it gently over a flattened-out palm of the hand. 2 – To the end of the inject tie on a size 6 swivel. In the north areas of England and most of Scotland bass are more likely to be present around the boundary during the summer months although some bass remain close to the shore in the winter. Immediately the tides start to fall back towards neaps the numbers of bass fall inshore and you’re fishing to a much reduced audience. A far better estuary technique is vertical jigging using conventionalized sandeel and small fish imitators. Read more about plug fishing for bass by clicking here. 5 – To the hook trace swivel tie on 20-inches of 30lb Fluorocarbon line, alternatively clear mono. This is when all the washed-out mollusk such as queen cockle, mussel, also lugworms, get washed into that low water line. The southern counties have had bass fisheries dating back many years, and many south coast ports now have all year round fishing, but each year as spring approaches and the water temperature increases, bass shoals make their way northwards up both our east and west coastlines. Become a contributor This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. Again, the sandeels are worked towards the peak of these pinnacles with the bass below them. Sponsored post by Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Big softies need to have the hook passed through the back and be brought out and upwards through the belly. Guest posts Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. At this time, during the first hour of the flood and the hour either side of high water, bass will work very close into the tide line, often in just a couple of feet of water. Atwo-hook Pennell rig can also be an advantage for larger squid or crab baits. Good techniques to catch bass afloat are to drift over wrecks and sandbanks fishing live sandeel on long flowing traces. Don’t be afraid to use big baits. Be impatient We love Rapalas in green, blue and silver and Clouser Minnows and sandeels in chartreuse and white livery but keep ringing the changes in terms of lure or fly size and colour. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. Make the cast and literally let the bait wash around in the swell. Tide is the key to the best fishing, with the early tide generally the top time. The best tides will be the bigger spring tides. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. Submit content The latter is where sandeels often bury in the sand, and the bass will hunt these here. Wear a lifejacket, have an exit strategy from rocks and beaches and make sure you can safely land and return bass from your chosen fishing displace. This indicates areas on the seabed that are incompatible than the flowing tides passes over, creating a surface disturbance. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. At the start of 2021 it appears that the same regulations which were in place for 2020 will speak into the new year. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Bass use this fast running tide to push sandeel shoals up against and make them easier to pick off. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. The Talk Sea Fishing How To Catch Guide on brill fishing. Become an author HARDY SCANDI ROCKET SHOOTING HEAD AND TIP SETWas £64. The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. Submit article However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. Big bass can show up anywhere, but good areas are the North Foreland of Kent, the Sussex coast, rough ground in Devon and Cornwall, the Bristol Channel, and peculiarly the west coast of Wales. The season starts at the outset of April and coincides with the first real flush of the peeling crab. Guest column Occasionally, the bass will be choosy and take nothing but 4ins eels, on the next tide they want the bigger 7in eels, rarely will they take eels larger than this. Guest post: These are hard lures, generally made out of plastic, and can be floating or diving in design. David Mitchell, Head of Sea Angling, shares his views on the ongoing negotiations between the government and the EU. Contribute to this site These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. This can be fished all day without fatigue, has the option to be cast longer distances, can be used over wrecks or inshore reefs, has the length to play fish that try to get under the boat, but equally has the power to target bigger fish in fast tides. These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. Begin considering ground very close inshore first. We believe the EU is concerned about the potential additional deathrate that could arise from the adjustments proposed by the UK which could risk setting back the retrieval of the stock. Make sure you vary your retrieve rate too, an erratic retrieve of sandeel imitations replicates the movement of the real eel perfectly!. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). Submit your content A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Want to write for Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. Trolling requires permanent vigilance. Lure fishing for bass is an active method of fishing with few aspects of sea fishing around the UK more exciting than seeing a bass launch itself at a plug being drawn across the surface of the water. They use the tide to help them travel miles inland. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. The current Bass Measures 2020 as per Article 10 of  Council Regulation (EU)  will carry over on 1 January 2021. For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. Sponsored post: The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Alternatively, use a 5000 to 5500 sized fixed spool reel again loading with 20lb mono main line. Make the cast and literally let the bait wash around in the swell. These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. Submit blog post Don’t worry too much if the hook point is not fully clear. Contributor guidelines The shingle will usually extend below the average low water line, too. The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. In the winter months they rely on anchovy and sprat. A guide to bass fishing from the shore and boat. Many anglers use plugs for bass. The Wexford, Cork and Kerry coasts of Ireland are also a rough ground bass mecca. What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. Contributor guidelines You can do the same with a couple of smaller soft crab, but you don’t need to cut them as they’ll break up a little when being put on the hook. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Guest posts wanted Bass can be caught throughout the year south of a line drawn roughly between Cumbria and North Yorkshire, but in the far north of Scotland, the season tends to be late June through to late October, in general tongued. If you catch a really big bass we always recommend that you return it as these fish are the breeding stock for the future!. Cut the body halfway through then bend the body around the hook and thread the crab fully on to the shank.


Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society submit post

Worm baits generally, tend to catch the smaller fish. For any casting also add a shock leader. After dark (or before first light!) fishing with lures and poppers can be awesome. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. Articles wanted If possible, try to choose tides that begin to flood fully in the dark. Guest posts wanted Worldwide distribution of the European bass. Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. David Mitchell, Head of Sea Angling, shares his views on the ongoing negotiations between the government and the EU. This led to the bass moving in with the tide to feed on the heads and guts. Looking for guest posts However, due to changing seasonal weather patterns around the UK, resulting in milder winters generally, bass can sometimes stay inshore and feeding right through to Christmas. Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. Some anglers like to use a heavier 40lb braid on the fixed spool reel, as the braid does not stretch and gives slightly better bite detection, but what they forget is that if you feel the bass, the bass feels you and braid can result in dropped baits when fishing at close range. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. Another option, and often a good one, is to use a Fluorocarbon mainline. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. These often have depressions dug out by the tide around them and again collect food. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Submit a guest post Match this to a modern lightweight low-profile reel such as an ABU REVO Toro Inshore or conventional number such as a Penn 515 or Daiwa or Shimano equivalent reel. On these deeper beaches, often the ground is relatively clean, but there will be areas further out where fish may collect. 3 – Holding the hook in your left hand, opening with one side of the cut body slide the bait over the hook point and round the bend of the hook and up the shank. Guest post- Other companies such as Tronixpro, Daiwa and Akios do similar reels. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. The alternative more heavy-duty outfit is to go for a European style rod between 14 and 15ft, concerted with a 7000 or 8000 sized fixed spool reel and load with 30lb braid and use a 60lb braid shock leader knotted using two Grinner knots back to back. A tactic I’ve used many times on rough ground backed by shingle is what military snipers call “the grave”. When fishing braid, choose a soft supple type such as the Berkley X9 in 20lb or 30lb breaking strains depending on the severity of the ground you’re fishing. Crab, crab, crab and crab is the straight answer! Shore peeler crab is the main bait as this is what the bass come into the rocks and creeks looking for. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. Some bass can also sport a dark spot on the gill cover. Grip them hard and lift then from the surf. The UK’s other planned adjustments include increasing the bycatch allowance for some forms of commercial fishing (so fish presently being discarded can be landed) and allowing commercial netting from the shore to land bass – exact details of the latter subject matter have not yet been made clear. OUT NOW:SPORTFISH SPRING / SUMMER CATALOGUERequest a FREE copy today!. As a fish takes, the tip simply gets heavier. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. A bass of 10lb or more would be a landmark catch for most anglers, although fish much smaller than this still provide plenty of sport. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. These are especially effective in deeper water. Follow our guide on how to make a rough ground bass rig in our sea fishing rigs section. Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. A first light session before joining the family for breakfast and a day on the beach is our favourite on a summer holiday, but go with whatever works for you and your routine. This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. Before fishing find out what tactics suit your area and advert to keep it simple. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. Big bass over 6lbs will hug the seabed and thump the rod tip hard as they power for the snags. These will only last an hour, maybe a little longer, then the bass move off. Submit article Freelining really comes in to its own from mid-April through to late June, then again from mid-August to late October when the crab are peeling in good numbers and the bass run through the rocks and boulders pretty much every tide. Crab is the number one bait over rough ground as it is exactly what the bass are looking for. For those that fancy casting a fly for this species – a progressive 8-weight Marryat Sea Bass Saltwater fly rod will do just the trick. In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. Bass, referred to by the French as “Loup de Mer” meaning the Wolf of the Sea due to their prowess as a hunter, have a wide-ranging diet taking crabs, shellfish, shrimps, sandeels, worms. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Want to contribute to our website In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. Good examples are the Penn range including the Slammer, Spinfisher and Clash, also reels of similar design from Shimano, Daiwa and other companies. Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. Bass live and feed at a range of water depths and can be found in very shallow water if food sources such as peeler crabs, shellfish or worm beds are present there. Submit article The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. Suggest a post By 2015 it was clear that the measures were ineffective and bass numbers were still declining and further measures were needed. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. Bass are also normally found along the southeast, southern and southwestern coasts of Ireland, and to a lesser extent along the north coast of Northern Ireland, though again their numbers have shown an increase, peculiarly in Donegal. 4 – Use bait elastic meagrely to form a rough sausage shape but with lots of juices still able to leak out of the crab body for maximum effect in the tide run. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Write for us Peak times for feeding are when low water coincides with dusk or dawn. Guest posters wanted Add a few turns of bait elastic around the head for casting security. However, sometimes the bass work in an eccentric manner and demand lighting fixture orange, bright yellow, or luminous green. Bass are common to a range of different venues, and although the short cast theme is continuous, no single bass fishing bait or tactic will catch everywhere. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). It is mandatory to procure user consent prior to running these cookies on your website. Later in the season and into Autumn, a fillet of saltwater fish or bluey, whole squid, soft or peeler crab, also big worm baits will take bass as they feed up for winter. As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. Learn how your comment data is pure. Sponsored post Bass love tide and as with all angling, predominant conditions, tide and depth will determine what rod is needed. Guest-post Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. Submit guest post After dark (or before first light!) fishing with lures and poppers can be awesome. THE BEST BASS BAITSThere's something for every occasion. The shingle will usually extend below the average low water line, too. Submit your content This is a bass horizontal in towards you after taking the bait. Become an author Over rocky ground an accurate plop into a gulley can put your bait in front of fish, and a knowledge of the low-tide terrain is a big advantage, so check it out. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. Trolling requires permanent vigilance. Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. However, if you can fish with a 2oz to 2. Bass are renowned as efficacious fighting fish and battling one on a properly balanced bass rod can provide great sport. Write for us The species is a member of the perch family, noted for its patrolling shoal instinct, and bass are very territorial and patrol their section of the sea vigorously. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. Guest poster wanted Never rule out full daylight, but ideally you need to be fishing on the more overcast days, better still if it’s drizzling or raining, the water carries just a hint of colour and a light breeze roughens up the seas surface to inhibit light sexual relation. Please release your larger speciments to ensure that they can spawn and sustain our vital bass fishery!!. Want to write an article Put your crab in a small pot or bag you can easily carry. Guest posting rules There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. The multitude statement is from the Gov. Bass have big mouths and are greedy fish. Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. Visit the government’s website for the latest guidance ». Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. Due to their cautious nature anglers fishing for bass also steer clear of hi-visibility line, using clear mainlines and leaders and clear mono or fluorocarbon hook snoods. Read the full article on Irish bass fishing by clicking here. They move into the drainage channels drawing water off the salt marshes targeting crab, small fish and sandeel, but also work through weed and muddy boulder ground sniffing out crabs and small fish. If you keep quiet and out of sight, bass will be almost at your feet. GF-TV or Get Fishing TV has videos about places to fish, fishing tips, venues, fishing tackle and how to use it plus updates from “Get Fishing” at lakes, rivers and canals around the country.


Distribution sponsored post:

Another good estuary bait, especially after an autumnal storm is razorfish and mussel. Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. Guest article Rods are the same 2oz to 4oz rods used for surf fishing and need to be between 11ft 6ins and 11ft 9ins ideally. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. Looking for guest posts Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. Bass have a spiky dorsal fin which will draw blood, but far more risky to your hands when handing fish are the edges of the gills, which are razor sharp. Other lures worth considering are the dummy fish with wagging tails like shads in the larger 6in sizes and Mr Twister lures between 4 and 6ins long. Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. This post was written by Put the biggest ones back! Make sure you adhere to the latest rules on retaining bass and, if you choose to keep a fish, make sure it’s over the current 42cm minimum. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries.   Never the less, many big bass fall over periods of neap tides, and slack water can be a great time to pick up a rogue big fish. Bass can be caught throughout the year south of a line drawn roughly between Cumbria and North Yorkshire, but in the far north of Scotland, the season tends to be late June through to late October, in general tongued. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. GF-TV or Get Fishing TV has videos about places to fish, fishing tips, venues, fishing tackle and how to use it plus updates from “Get Fishing” at lakes, rivers and canals around the country. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Become a contributor Ideal ground would be boulders, weed beds, small rocky peaks a few feet high that suffer some tidal run, or a definite drop-off area from very shallow to slightly deeper water. Large baits are essential, and a hook size of 3/0 upwards is suitable for baits like a peeler crab or mackerel fillet, with a 6/0 the hook for a mackerel head or a live fish. Static bottom baits fished hard on the bottom, using simple running rigs are employed from time to time. Reels need to be multipliers holding 250-300yds of 12 to 15lb line. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. Accepting guest posts Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. That said, huge surfs generated by a series of strong onshore winds can still produce fish. However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. If your first two casts to say 80yds do not produce, then start dropping each resultant cast 10yds less each time until you find the fish. Again, the sandeels are worked towards the peak of these pinnacles with the bass below them. Guest post Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. You scoop out a shallow depression in the shingle and literally lay on your side with the rod facing at an angle across the sea. In the north areas of England and most of Scotland bass are more likely to be present around the boundary during the summer months although some bass remain close to the shore in the winter. Email: contact@britishseafishing. Low water is a good time, especially if it coincides with dusk or dawn, but the bass tend to work a rough ground beach for the first two hours or so of the flood, then move elsewhere, returning for the hour either side of high water. To one end tie on a Gemini lead link. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. If this doesn’t work, then cast as far as you possibly can. The size 4/0 is ideal for big crab baits but choose the size of the hook to suit the size of the bait. While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. Aim to keep the sandeel a few feet up off the seabed or wreck for the bass to rise and intercept as they pass by. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. This type of fishing is carried out around the UK but is especially common around the grey coasts of England and Ireland and parts of the Welsh coast and Scotland where bass are more numerous. Bass love tide and as with all angling, predominant conditions, tide and depth will determine what rod is needed. That may be why I took up match fishing – to me, waiting hours for one bite was brain-numbing, although I do understand why there are anglers that get their kicks from this type of sport. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. In the winter months they rely on anchovy and sprat. Guest posts While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. Peak times for feeding are when low water coincides with dusk or dawn. Tie this to the short section of 20lb Fluoro carbon. Don’t bully the bass, have faith in the reel drag and drop the rod to the side if the bass tries to run for a known snag out in front of you, which they will try to do, as the sideways rod angle will turn them. Aim to keep the sandeel a few feet up off the seabed or wreck for the bass to rise and intercept as they pass by. [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. Fish one on a float along a pier wall or on a leger. This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Those anglers not into fish at this time should slowly retrieve their eels back towards the boat. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. Casting inside 50 yards is essential, and on occasions even 12 yards can be enough. Guest blogger guidelines But this tells us thing about the bass, which is that it hugs the shoreline and is not averse to grabbing a large untidy bait dropped short because of a bad cast. Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. 4 – Use bait elastic meagrely to form a rough sausage shape but with lots of juices still able to leak out of the crab body for maximum effect in the tide run. A long fish with alluring silver metallic-looking scales, a tail like a shovel, sharp gill plates and a spine-loaded dorsal fin – the bass is probably the most attractive of our fish. Open water bass in the spring and summer will feed on sandeel. 3 – Holding the hook in your left hand, opening with one side of the cut body slide the bait over the hook point and round the bend of the hook and up the shank. In the autumn months they will feed up heavily on mackerel and herring. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. 2 – To the end of the shock leader tie on another size 6 rolling swivel. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Follow our guide on how to build an estuary bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. With time the bass angler will build up a picture of bass movement on the venues being fished, along with the best time to fish. If you prefer the easiness of a fixed spool reel, look at reels in sizes 5500 or 060 sizes holding around 250 to 300-yards of 15lb line. In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. Trolling requires permanent vigilance.   But beware when using braid, particularly if you are using 30lb braid with a stiff rod like a "Red Rod" that you are now now making the hook into the weakest part of your rig if you get hooked into a 10lb fish - don't blame the hook manufacturer if you don't have a advancing enough action in your rod. But this tells us thing about the bass, which is that it hugs the shoreline and is not averse to grabbing a large untidy bait dropped short because of a bad cast. Guest posting rules One reason for this is that that is often as far as the average angler can cast so most of the fish will come from that distance. Fluorocarbon snoods will growth catches in shallow, light conditions and, because of the way a bass takes a bait in a 'hit and run" fashion, they are a species that suits the use of circle hooks, which will aid catch and release as well as sensationalism "cheeked" hook holds. They will work around the mouths of estuaries and over inshore rough ground in only a few feet of water. Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. Any food pushed along by the tide gets dropped in here and the bass will always work these holes. Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. This is another good place to trot whole live sandeel and scombroid down with the tide using a light lead just enough to keep the bait up in the water column. For really rough ground the pulley rig, shown right, is a favourite. Another good spot is where a smaller estuary bottlenecks and narrows forming a fast moving current. Guest post Ragworm also works but is never as tried and true in the surf as lug is. Want to contribute to our website Also good are obvious depressions in the sand where the tide has scoured out shallow holes. The best presentation is to use crabs about the size of a 50p piece, remove all the body shell, cut the bait halfway into the body, then thread the body around the hook shank then secure with bait elastic to form a rough sausage shape. This is when the largest numbers of bass move inshore to feed. This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches. After releasing the lure, hold the rod at right angles to the boat and keep the rod tip low to the water. As a fish takes, the tip simply gets heavier. In the autumn months they will feed up heavily on mackerel and herring. The spiral is best having the best streamlined shape and are less conspicuous. The latter is where sandeels often bury in the sand, and the bass will hunt these here. Dusk and dawn, as ever, are great times to be fishing, especially if it coincides with low or high water. Ride of a lifetime!There is dead no mistaking a bass on the end of your line. Submit guest post These cookies do not store any ad hominem information. Guest post opportunities The lead weight is attached to the link on the snap link swivel tied direct to the leader. Match this to a heavier duty multiplier such as the PENN 525Mag 3, or a similar reel. Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. Visit the government’s website for the latest guidance ». A long fish with alluring silver metallic-looking scales, a tail like a shovel, sharp gill plates and a spine-loaded dorsal fin – the bass is probably the most attractive of our fish. The negotiations have paused before restarting next week when everyone hopes a find can be made. It is ideal for fishing weighted shads and sandeel imitators and is also good for presenting fresh small live fish in a natural manner such as sandeel and scombroid fish. Lure fishing for bass is an active method of fishing with few aspects of sea fishing around the UK more exciting than seeing a bass launch itself at a plug being drawn across the surface of the water. Initially they travel through the main channel working seed mussel beds and any patches of rocky ground. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure.


Get the latest from Sea Angler guest-post

Anglers fishing rough weather and in estuaries where the tide run is fast with maybe some floating weed and with big fish in mind, they would choose the 2-4oz bass rod, again 11’6″ in length, married to either a 6000 sized fixed spool reel or a small multiplier such as one from the ABU 6500 series, with Penn 515’s also popular. Commercial restrictions have included bans on specifically targeting bass, an enforced closed season during bass spawning times and reductions in the amount of ineluctable bass bycatch they can retain. Submit an article Fishing is not just for fun, it is an art and by following these tips, the chances of success should be increased. If you look closely, you’ll identify areas where there is far more afloat debris such as wood and plastic washed up than in other areas. The Talk Sea Fishing Guide to common skate fishing. If you catch a really big bass we always recommend that you return it as these fish are the breeding stock for the future!. Places to Look – New bass fisheries are popping up all the time and bass can now be caught from around the whole coastline of the UK. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. Submit guest post You might not believe this…but don’t doubt this until you’ve skilled it for yourself. Guest column The bass, now shoaled up and numbering anything from a dozen fish to hundreds, make frequent raids into the panicking sandeels a few fish at a time. For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. When fishing over wrecks and reefs 12/15lb class rods are the best choice. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. A long fish with alluring silver metallic-looking scales, a tail like a shovel, sharp gill plates and a spine-loaded dorsal fin – the bass is probably the most attractive of our fish. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. 4 – The best hook is a Mustad Viking 79515 size 4/0. Want to write a post The British record shore caught bass was a 19lb fish caught from Dover Breakwater in 1988. Necessary cookies are dead essential for the website to function by rights. IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication. Push the two halves up on to the shank and bend of the hook leaving only the hook point clear of the bait, then bind the bait to the hook with some good tight turns of bait elastic. Guest article These are natural edges that will trap food as the tide floods in. Contribute to this site The UK’s other planned adjustments include increasing the bycatch allowance for some forms of commercial fishing (so fish presently being discarded can be landed) and allowing commercial netting from the shore to land bass – exact details of the latter subject matter have not yet been made clear. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. Guest post courtesy of They can be found many miles offshore over wrecks in the English Channel and southern North Sea, on inshore wrecks, on sea sandbanks feeding on sandeels, and especially on shallow water reefs close to shore. Submit guest article Serious bass fishing takes time. 7 – Above the 5mm bead tie on a stop knot from 14lb Powergum to act as a bait stop. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. Read more about plug fishing for bass by clicking here. Publish your guest post We take a look at the areas, tactics and tackle requirements for communicable these true leviathans from the boat and shore. Writers wanted Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. Use just a few turns of elastic to secure the legs to the shank of the hook. However, recent years have seen a number of large bass caught and it was thought that this record would soon be broken. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. Again, food gets deposited here, and these can often be seen by looking for areas where water holds after the tide has dropped back. These occasions are rare but emphasise the need to carry a range of colours. Want to write for The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Bass can be caught on smaller neap tides too, but the numbers running the estuaries are usually much less and the likelihood of bigger fish is more remote. The worst thing you can do is to keep walking backwards and forrader up and down the shingle or rocks as the fish will see or hear you and vacate the immediate area. If you keep quiet and out of sight, bass will be almost at your feet. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Bass are a highly sought after fish, and bass angling attracts some of Britain’s most committed anglers due to the warring qualities and high reputation of this striking looking fish. It’s the middle hours of the flood and ebb that prove best, in particular the ebb which often produces the bulk of the fish. Email: contact@britishseafishing. Good reel choices are Penn 525Mag’s due to their strong gearing. 1 – Begin with about 30-inches of clear mono. Slide the hook trace swivel and crimp assembly up the rig body line until the hook trace comes just tight and crimp the trace swivel in place. Guest post- If you’re below that angle they’ll never see you. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. WHERE TO CATCH BASSEach choice has its own methods and best times. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. It’s less crucial offshore, but mid-day is less reliable than when the sun’s rays are at a shallower angle on the seas surface during mid-morning and mid-afternoon periods. This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. It is mandatory to procure user consent prior to running these cookies on your website. If you keep quiet and out of sight, bass will be almost at your feet. In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. During gales some big bass will come to feed inside the smaller estuaries. Writers wanted These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. Guest posters wanted But while the impact of the proposals for commercialised fishing are not known the proposal to adjust the bag limit for recreational fishing has been assessed to result in no additive deathrate compared to the existing bag limit of two fish per day for nine months of the year. 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. It has been announced that the 2020 rules for unpaid bass fishing have been rolled over for 2021 for both amateur and dealing fishing. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Another good estuary bait, especially after an autumnal storm is razorfish and mussel. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Any cookies that may not be particularly necessary for the website to function and is used specifically to collect user personal data via analytics, ads, other embedded contents are termed as non-necessary cookies. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Guest author You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Guest post courtesy of 3 – Holding the hook in your left hand, opening with one side of the cut body slide the bait over the hook point and round the bend of the hook and up the shank. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. After dark (or before first light!) fishing with lures and poppers can be awesome. SPORTFISH is a trading name of Farlows Group Limited. Submit content Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. The other legs are left to dangle below the bait to add some movement as the bait washes around. On these deeper beaches, often the ground is relatively clean, but there will be areas further out where fish may collect. Crimp the Shield in place 2-inches above the lead link. These will fish better in daylight than shallower water, but their wave configuration will typically be one or two change of integrity waves only. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. This scene often occurs when an estuary flanks the beach. Submit your content At the start of 2021 it appears that the same regulations which were in place for 2020 will speak into the new year. Submit guest article Specimen Sizes – The current British Record is an amazing 19lb 12oz caught recently from Sandown Pier, Isle of Wight, but these days every autumn some astounding fish in excess of 18lb are caught and there is every chance that this record may go in coming years. Guest posting rules Many people think bass hunt swimming with the tide, but the reality is the opposite. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Recent years have seen bass numbers decline significantly. The peak periods are just before, and just after the highest tides of that cycle. As a fish takes, the tip simply gets heavier. Lugworms catch school bass on the surf beaches and Irish strands, but do not catch so well over rough ground. We take a look at the tactics, techniques and locations to catch yourself a brill. The bass, now shoaled up and numbering anything from a dozen fish to hundreds, make frequent raids into the panicking sandeels a few fish at a time. Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. Guest contributor guidelines This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. Another good technique is to anchor uptide of the wreck and cast or trot artificial shad imitations and weighted shads back into the wreck. Join BASS The Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society (BASS) is a fishing arrangement dedicated to the conservation of the European sea bass.


Get the latest from Sea Angler want to write a post

Initially they travel through the main channel working seed mussel beds and any patches of rocky ground. 15lb to 20lb mono and a shock leader complete the outfit. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. Tie this to the short section of 20lb Fluoro carbon. Looking for guest posts Cut the body halfway through then bend the body around the hook and thread the crab fully on to the shank. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. (For Membership enquiries select Option 1). This post was written by Wear a lifejacket, have an exit strategy from rocks and beaches and make sure you can safely land and return bass from your chosen fishing displace. This indicates where a tidal-current washes inshore and on the shingle bank and bass will use these flows of current to search for food out in the deeper water. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. Set the boat up to run at about 1 to 2 knots, no faster. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. At low water, look for small finger reefs that run inwards up the beach. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. Guest post They move into the drainage channels drawing water off the salt marshes targeting crab, small fish and sandeel, but also work through weed and muddy boulder ground sniffing out crabs and small fish. The crab is a time-tested food supply and it’s no surprise that once the crab start to show, it’s only a couple of weeks before the bass are in and their numbers building quickly. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. Good techniques to catch bass afloat are to drift over wrecks and sandbanks fishing live sandeel on long flowing traces. Contribute to this site Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. The Talk Sea Fishing Guide to catching herring, not a common species anglers go out and purposely target but it is great for eating, a decent bait and a nice have on the species list. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. Write for us Worldwide distribution of the European bass. 2 – Use scissors to cut half way in to the body from the middle front of the crab. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. It’s less crucial offshore, but mid-day is less reliable than when the sun’s rays are at a shallower angle on the seas surface during mid-morning and mid-afternoon periods. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Become an author Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. Use one big peeler or use two smaller ones to form a bait a good 2-inches long. This is when all the washed-out mollusk such as queen cockle, mussel, also lugworms, get washed into that low water line. The constituted season for bass is from April through to November, though in Wales and the southern coast of England fish can be caught throughout the year. If possible, try to choose tides that begin to flood fully in the dark. Submit blog post (For Membership enquiries select Option 1). Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. Guest post opportunities Fish one on a float along a pier wall or on a leger. Atwo-hook Pennell rig can also be an advantage for larger squid or crab baits. Big bass will hit big baits, but baits above the size of a standard small matchbox will see your bites ratio reduce. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). 3 – To the end of the Fluorocarbon tie on a Gemini Lead Link to take the weight. Sandeels, and then bass, assemble over the rough ground patches, but are not present on the clean sand. Don’t worry too much if the hook point is not fully clear. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. If the day is bright, then try to seek out deeper water where the light levels are less intrusive!. Map of have-a-go beginner angling events where you can learn to fish in England UK plus authorized angling coaches to show you what you need to go fishing, fishing tackle and how to use it. Recent years have seen bass numbers decline significantly. Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. The multitude statement is from the Gov. Some bass can also sport a dark spot on the gill cover. To this snap link swivel’s eye, snap on another snap link swivel by the snap link. The best of the surf bass beaches tend to be shallow, often cut with nonconvergent deeper gutters, and will fully or partially face the prevailing winds. If your first two casts to say 80yds do not produce, then start dropping each resultant cast 10yds less each time until you find the fish. Guest posters wanted Tie this to the short section of 20lb Fluoro carbon. Submit article When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Despite the questions over the long unchangeableness of bass numbers this species appears to be extending their range northwards with bass now being caught with some symmetricalness in areas such as the Yorkshire and North East coasts where they were antecedently fairly rare. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. There’s an old saying that the bass are behind the third breaker, but this generally is not always true. Such conditions induce the highest numbers of fish inshore. Landings limits in 2021 will provisionally stay the same until further notice into the new year, once annual negotiations for 2021 have been completed, and any exploit steps to be taken at UK level to take any changes into account have taken place. Submit blog post As a fish takes, the tip simply gets heavier. Wading as far as is cognisant and then casting as far as possible, can often be the tactic that finds a fish on a day when few fish are feeding. It is also more detrition resistant than mono when encountering boulders, barnacles and stones. Guest poster wanted In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. Alternatively, use a 5000 to 5500 sized fixed spool reel again loading with 20lb mono main line. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Bass numbers improve through May, then peak in late June just as the crab peel starts to wane. Match this to a modern lightweight low-profile reel such as an ABU REVO Toro Inshore or conventional number such as a Penn 515 or Daiwa or Shimano equivalent reel. Other surf beach features to look out for are areas of small stone or boulders. They are found around Skagerrak and throughout the North Sea, although they are not very common in the Baltic Sea. The ability for the UK to start taking a contrasting path and ‘take back control’ on bass management appears, in my opinion, to be being unnatural by a combination of EU concerns over increased fishing mortality, a concern over any welfare the UK would get over EU fishing fleets and a strategic approach to try and bind the UK to the Common Fisheries Policy. Submit a guest post Lugworm, either blow or black lug, would be the most agreeable bass bait in the surf. In warm winters jejune bass will stay in the estuary mouths and work the next surf beaches continually. Become a guest blogger The phrase some carp men use when hunt carp working tight into the margins is “combat fishing” and this is the perfect description and it applies just as much to close quarter bassing with freelined baits. Guest posting rules Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. You would expect a typical rough ground bass bite to be a savage rod racking affair. You need to find areas in the estuary channels where the seabed is rocky, weedy and with a depth of water over 10-feet. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. The constituted season for bass is from April through to November, though in Wales and the southern coast of England fish can be caught throughout the year. Submit your content As they are less fussy when it comes to taking baits and more common than larger bass they generally make up the majority of catches. The peak tides are those the three days before the very biggest tide. Live sandeel is highly effective as bass bait when drift fishing and fishing at anchor in to reefs and wrecks. Submit a guest post Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. The size 4/0 is ideal for big crab baits but choose the size of the hook to suit the size of the bait. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. If possible, just let the bait sit on the seabed and just occasionally twitch it a little by either pulling on the line by hand or slowly moving the rod tip. Submit your content Peeler crab can be a good surf bait if you’re fishing close to the rougher ground. Crab is the number one bait over rough ground as it is exactly what the bass are looking for. These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. JUST ARRIVED:HARDY ULTRALITE LL SINGLE HANDED FLY RODPrice £699. Current bass authorisations continue to be valid, please continue to refer to the Bass Fishing Guidance 2020. These are natural edges that will trap food as the tide floods in. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. Always the best fishing will be on the tides that fall in the three days prior to the biggest tide of all. Trolling requires permanent vigilance. The colouration tends to be green-grey on the back, now and then dark blue, shading to silver sides and a white belly. IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication. IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication.


Update on 2021 Bass Fishing Regulations submit guest post

Smaller bass (those under 2lb) are known as school bass and stay in shoals in and around estuaries, while larger bass live in deeper water and become solitary hunters. JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. Guest post- The big debate is mono or braid line? Braid is often preferred for a couple of reasons. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Blog for us (For Membership enquiries select Option 1). To the end slide on a 5mm bead and add a single size 2/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern. A 10lb bass is likely to be 20 years old, and returning the large fish – something I have been advocating for years – is now accepted as the best conservation utilisation for the species. Places to Look – New bass fisheries are popping up all the time and bass can now be caught from around the whole coastline of the UK. Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. Fish one on a float along a pier wall or on a leger. Worldwide distribution of the European bass. Don’t be afraid to use big baits. A 040 size fixed spool, such as the Penn Slammer or Clash 4000 or Shimano and Daiwa equivalent, is perfect loaded with 15 to 20lb braid. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Other good spots are the deeper edges of shallow rising finger reefs running shoreward, small patches of sand amongst rough ground and areas of weed. Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. In the winter months they rely on anchovy and sprat. 5knots of speed is usually the optimum for taking bass, go faster and strikes fall away. Bass can be caught throughout the year south of a line drawn roughly between Cumbria and North Yorkshire, but in the far north of Scotland, the season tends to be late June through to late October, in general tongued. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. Submitting a guest post Bass live and feed at a range of water depths and can be found in very shallow water if food sources such as peeler crabs, shellfish or worm beds are present there. Recent years have seen bass numbers decline significantly. Bass have a spiky dorsal fin which will draw blood, but far more risky to your hands when handing fish are the edges of the gills, which are razor sharp. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. That said, calm conditions can also surprise with the odd fish. They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. The constituted season for bass is from April through to November, though in Wales and the southern coast of England fish can be caught throughout the year. Other good lures are Savage Gear Sandeels, Mr Twister and Powerworm grubs, Redgills, Eddystone eels, Sidewinders and Storm shads. You will also feel the pressure on the line fall slack. Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. The East coast now has a sustainable summer bass fishery, and South Wales produces bass fishing that can only be represented as spectacular! Never the less our most tillable bass fishing can be found along the South coast including English Channel ports based in the mid- East-English Channel, and of course around the Channel Islands. Get the latest news on Get Fishing, including 'Take a Friend Fishing', blogs and info on what to expect at Get Fishing events. Bass are also normally found along the southeast, southern and southwestern coasts of Ireland, and to a lesser extent along the north coast of Northern Ireland, though again their numbers have shown an increase, peculiarly in Donegal. Bass will often scavenge human food waste inside harbours such as bacon and chicken bones that have been thrown over the side of boats. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Bass range as far south as the Mediterranean and the North African coast, but also north to rebel Norway. Sponsored post: The worst thing you can do is to keep walking backwards and forrader up and down the shingle or rocks as the fish will see or hear you and vacate the immediate area. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. In the winter months they rely on anchovy and sprat. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. Learn how your comment data is pure. Once you know and understand the ground composition you are looking for, the method is easy. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. Frozen sandeel, lugworm and ragworm, peeler crab and large flapper deadbaits all suit the static-bait way of fishing. Guest-post Their range extends along the Atlantic coastline of France, Spain and Portugal and along parts of the north coast of Africa. Another good estuary bait, especially after an autumnal storm is razorfish and mussel. Guest post policy Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. To the end of the hook length tie on a size 4/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook, or similar Viking type pattern from Sakuma or Varivas. 1 – On to the mainline, slide on a Pulley Rig bead, then a 5mm black bead. uk/government/publications/bass-industry-guidance-2020 Please note that the National Lockdown rules may prohibit certain leisure activities. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. The other legs are left to dangle below the bait to add some movement as the bait washes around. Either steady retrieve the shads at slow to medium pace, or better still, bounce the shads along the seabed on the retrieve which can be deadly for the bigger fish. While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. This is a guest post by Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. The current Bass Measures 2020 as per Article 10 of  Council Regulation (EU)  will carry over on 1 January 2021. Even small almost inconsequential things like old wooden stakes buried upright in the sand that nets may have been staked to will pull bass as they see scoured out areas around their base that crabs and shrimp will hide in. Want to write for However, if you can fish with a 2oz to 2. Write for us To the free end of the Fluorocarbon tie on the lure of your choice. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. That may be why I took up match fishing – to me, waiting hours for one bite was brain-numbing, although I do understand why there are anglers that get their kicks from this type of sport. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. Guest article Live mackerel is also excellent in season. These cookies do not store any ad hominem information. Good techniques to catch bass afloat are to drift over wrecks and sandbanks fishing live sandeel on long flowing traces. Become guest writer JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. Either steady retrieve the shads at slow to medium pace, or better still, bounce the shads along the seabed on the retrieve which can be deadly for the bigger fish. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. Submit guest post This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. Looking for guest posts Frozen sandeel is a good estuary bait. Artificial sandeels such as Redgills and Eddystone’s or similar will cover 90% of the fishing. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. Submit guest article Many people think bass hunt swimming with the tide, but the reality is the opposite. For vertical jigging you need a 9-foot to 9-foot 6-inch spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or so. You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. Typically a weighted shad or sandeel such as a Sidewinder or Devils Own shad. Set the boat up to drift with the tide flow, cast in an uptide direction letting the jighead sink to the bottom. The UK’s other planned adjustments include increasing the bycatch allowance for some forms of commercial fishing (so fish presently being discarded can be landed) and allowing commercial netting from the shore to land bass – exact details of the latter subject matter have not yet been made clear. Suggest a post Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. Put the biggest ones back! Make sure you adhere to the latest rules on retaining bass and, if you choose to keep a fish, make sure it’s over the current 42cm minimum. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Guest post- SPORTFISH is a trading name of Farlows Group Limited. Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. Tides that flood in daylight can see reduced numbers of fish, specially if the water is clear. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. A 15lb class 8ft boat rod or lighter spinning blank about 8ft long, but with a stiffish action works well. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Before fishing find out what tactics suit your area and advert to keep it simple. Crab, crab, crab and crab is the straight answer! Shore peeler crab is the main bait as this is what the bass come into the rocks and creeks looking for. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing].


2020 – 2021 Regulations for Recreational Bass Fishing want to write a post

A 040 size fixed spool, such as the Penn Slammer or Clash 4000 or Shimano and Daiwa equivalent, is perfect loaded with 15 to 20lb braid. This is a general rule, not always fact, with some beaches being devoid of bass on the flood but fishing well on the ebb. Casting a lugworm or peeler crab bait into a raging surf spawned the classic surf bass rod, and it is the Irish surf strands that are famed for this. Having said that, all bass rods need to have a appropriately sensitive tip to help absorb the fish’s lunges as they come close the boat, ensuring less lost fish!Surface-caught bass using float, free-line and plug fishing, are best caught on purpose built rods and their are plenty of them these days specially in the SMITH rod range and this style of tackle will only maximize your sport. Guest posting Those that persevere through these tough conditions can sometimes be rewarded by good catches providing they have the casting ability to reach the deeper water. Never rule out full daylight, but ideally you need to be fishing on the more overcast days, better still if it’s drizzling or raining, the water carries just a hint of colour and a light breeze roughens up the seas surface to inhibit light sexual relation. By mid-May the bass will also be actively hunting sandeels, also the small sea trout, mini species and small flatfish as their numbers build. Commercial restrictions have included bans on specifically targeting bass, an enforced closed season during bass spawning times and reductions in the amount of ineluctable bass bycatch they can retain. If you do need longer range to reach rough ground, then add a 30 or 40lb leader for leads up to 4ozs and increase the line used to make the rig line to the lead weight appropriately. These have enclosed banning French pair trawlers from targeting bass as they are gathering to spawn in the English Channel and limiting anglers to a bag limit of three bass per day. This forms a comparatively small knot that flies through the rod rings easily and proves better than mono in most circumstances. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. Commercial restrictions have included bans on specifically targeting bass, an enforced closed season during bass spawning times and reductions in the amount of ineluctable bass bycatch they can retain. Slide the hook trace swivel and crimp assembly up the rig body line until the hook trace comes just tight and crimp the trace swivel in place. Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. Submit guest post Steep-to beaches can also fish very well for bass immediately after a storm when the sea remains rough, but the wind has dropped. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. Contributing writer Don’t worry too much if the hook point is not fully clear. In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. If you catch a really big bass we always recommend that you return it as these fish are the breeding stock for the future!. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. If you want to catch one, Alan Yates has two pieces of advice.  Many bass anglers are highly dedicated to spying this species and will spend a great deal of time researching likely bass marks and using trial and error to find where and when the bass feed. Casting a lugworm or peeler crab bait into a raging surf spawned the classic surf bass rod, and it is the Irish surf strands that are famed for this. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Small neaps rarely give bass the opportunity. Submitting a guest post There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. Guest-blogger 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. David Mitchell, Head of Sea Angling, shares his views on the ongoing negotiations between the government and the EU. Submitting a guest post Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. Spinners in chrome colouring like ABU Toby’s, Dexter Wedges and any sandeel or fish look alike can work at times, usually during bright sunlight. Rods are the same 2oz to 4oz rods used for surf fishing and need to be between 11ft 6ins and 11ft 9ins ideally. Before fishing find out what tactics suit your area and advert to keep it simple. Open water bass in the spring and summer will feed on sandeel. Many anglers take a subtle approach when fishing for bass, using specialist bass rods which allow the initially shy bites of this species to be felt while also retaining the power to cast into the surf. They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. We take a look at the tactics, techniques and locations to catch yourself a brill. Large baits are essential, and a hook size of 3/0 upwards is suitable for baits like a peeler crab or mackerel fillet, with a 6/0 the hook for a mackerel head or a live fish. This puts the fat juice-filled head of the lug’s body at the hook point. Good techniques to catch bass afloat are to drift over wrecks and sandbanks fishing live sandeel on long flowing traces. This record was itself broken by John Stephenson who caught a bass of 19lb 12oz at Portsmouth Docks on a frozen sandeel bait. Bass can be caught on smaller neap tides too, but the numbers running the estuaries are usually much less and the likelihood of bigger fish is more remote. It is true that the current very poor state of the stock leaves very little wiggle room to adjust the measures put in place last year. Submit guest post The UK and EU are at loggerheads over bass fishing measures for the remainder of 2021. Before fishing find out what tactics suit your area and advert to keep it simple. This will usually be behind big boulders, or at least try and break up your outline by sitting low behind any tree trunks or old lobster pots washed up on the shore and keep still. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. Guest posts wanted 5 – To the eye of the Pulley Rig Bead tie on an 18-inch length of weaker 18 to 25lb line depending on mainline strength to take the weight. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. On these deeper beaches, often the ground is relatively clean, but there will be areas further out where fish may collect. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Guest posters wanted Put your crab in a small pot or bag you can easily carry. Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. Specimen Sizes – The current British Record is an amazing 19lb 12oz caught recently from Sandown Pier, Isle of Wight, but these days every autumn some astounding fish in excess of 18lb are caught and there is every chance that this record may go in coming years. Submit article JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. This can happen, but there are many types of rough ground bass bite. The Wexford, Cork and Kerry coasts of Ireland are also a rough ground bass mecca. There is no need for a shock leader when using lines over 20lbs as the lead weights used will be less than 3ozs typically and you’re not power casting. This rig is virtually tangle free and requires minimal components when bass fishing over wrecks and reefs. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. During gales some big bass will come to feed inside the smaller estuaries. After releasing the lure, hold the rod at right angles to the boat and keep the rod tip low to the water. You might not believe this…but don’t doubt this until you’ve skilled it for yourself. Want to write an article You might not believe this…but don’t doubt this until you’ve skilled it for yourself. Of late, Luce Bay has also produced some bigger fish from the rougher ground. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. Follow our guide on how to build an estuary bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. This led to the bass moving in with the tide to feed on the heads and guts. Guest author Reels need to be multipliers holding 250-300yds of 12 to 15lb line. This puts the fat juice-filled head of the lug’s body at the hook point. Want to write an article You can fish with 15lb line and a 30lb to 40lb shock leader. Bass know this and will run these gutters with the flood tide but facing directly into the tide so they can pick up the afloat scent from any food items. Submit post However, the EU wishes to see as much convergence as possible between the EU and UK on bass management and will not presently agree to the UK’s proposed adjustments. Looking for guest posts Tackle and TechniqueRods – These days with so many places to fish for bass, each with its own tackle needs and tactics. Bass are often shy biters on rough ground and often you’ll feel a light tap on the rod tip as the bass blows the crab in and out of its mouth almost testing it. The latter is where sandeels often bury in the sand, and the bass will hunt these here. This needs to be a dark colour to match the seabed when fishing in daylight. These rods are also lighter than a value beach caster allowing them to be held comfortably for long periods of time. The crab is a time-tested food supply and it’s no surprise that once the crab start to show, it’s only a couple of weeks before the bass are in and their numbers building quickly. Go large Our friend Austin Goldsmith put us onto this one, and it’s great advice. They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. Bass are also normally found along the southeast, southern and southwestern coasts of Ireland, and to a lesser extent along the north coast of Northern Ireland, though again their numbers have shown an increase, peculiarly in Donegal. These rods are also lighter than a value beach caster allowing them to be held comfortably for long periods of time. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. Bass will also tolerate some fresh water from the hills but will not stay inside the estuaries if the water is very acidic after major rainfall and behavior therapy. This may only require a short cast between 40 and 60-yards but can be highly effective. Sponsored post by The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Match this to a heavier duty multiplier such as the PENN 525Mag 3, or a similar reel. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. Guest post- They are funded by the Environment Agency from fishing licence income. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. Guest posts The UK and EU are at loggerheads over bass fishing measures for the remainder of 2021. Lure fishing for bass is an active method of fishing with few aspects of sea fishing around the UK more exciting than seeing a bass launch itself at a plug being drawn across the surface of the water. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported.


Update on 2021 Bass Fishing Regulations want to write an article

Become a guest blogger Fish holding feature is the key to finding the fish on surf beaches. Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. This is when all the washed-out mollusk such as queen cockle, mussel, also lugworms, get washed into that low water line. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. To the end of the hook length tie on a size 4/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook, or similar Viking type pattern from Sakuma or Varivas. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Be careful when unhooking a bass as the spiky first dorsal fin and sharp gill covers are capable of piercing or cutting skin. You start well uptide of the ground you wish to cover and to one side. Submit content These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Contributor guidelines If you prefer the easiness of a fixed spool reel, look at reels in sizes 5500 or 060 sizes holding around 250 to 300-yards of 15lb line. This forms a comparatively small knot that flies through the rod rings easily and proves better than mono in most circumstances. Guest posts wanted Serious bass fishing takes time. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Guest post by - by feel - bass have a super-sensitive lateral line so can sense the slightest change or movement in the water, which is why they are readily targeted for lure fishing. This led to the bass moving in with the tide to feed on the heads and guts. Casting inside 50 yards is essential, and on occasions even 12 yards can be enough. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Now simply flick the wrist in an upward then downward motion to lift and drop the rod tip allowing the jighead to ab initio lift, then fall back to tap the seabed. This indicates where a tidal-current washes inshore and on the shingle bank and bass will use these flows of current to search for food out in the deeper water. Well tied on superb materials with top quality components!Bass are probably the cleverest fish to swim in our waters and on the number of occasions they won’t offer themselves up for free. 1 – Begin with about 30-inches of clear mono. Having said that, all bass rods need to have a appropriately sensitive tip to help absorb the fish’s lunges as they come close the boat, ensuring less lost fish!Surface-caught bass using float, free-line and plug fishing, are best caught on purpose built rods and their are plenty of them these days specially in the SMITH rod range and this style of tackle will only maximize your sport. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. The British record shore caught bass was a 19lb fish caught from Dover Breakwater in 1988. In 2016 this consisted of anglers only being permitted to fish for bass on a catch and release basis only for the first six months of the year and limited to retaining one bass per angler per day for the second half of the year. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. Bait Fishing for Bass: Larger bass are thought to be relatively fussy about the baits they take (certainly when compared to voracious feeders such as cod) and will reject unnatural baits. Bass are common to a range of different venues, and although the short cast theme is continuous, no single bass fishing bait or tactic will catch everywhere. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. For really rough ground the pulley rig, shown right, is a favourite. That said, calm conditions can also surprise with the odd fish. Fishing is not just for fun, it is an art and by following these tips, the chances of success should be increased. There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. This capacity can be clearly seen by sponsor splashes on the surface as the bass seize a victim and turn, and by the hordes of screaming and diving terns taking advantage of the chaos. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. They stay until October in the north but can linger as late as Christmas in the south. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. Writers wanted These have enclosed banning French pair trawlers from targeting bass as they are gathering to spawn in the English Channel and limiting anglers to a bag limit of three bass per day. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. When baiting with lug, always nip the sandy tail off a short way below the body, then slide the worm, tail end first, over the hook point and around and up the shank of the hook. It is true that the current very poor state of the stock leaves very little wiggle room to adjust the measures put in place last year. Good reel choices are Penn 525Mag’s due to their strong gearing. Visit the government’s website for the latest guidance ». Sponsored post by When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. A 040 size fixed spool, such as the Penn Slammer or Clash 4000 or Shimano and Daiwa equivalent, is perfect loaded with 15 to 20lb braid. The classic bass rig for rough ground is the simple running leger, a fluctuation of which is the running paternoster or the one-hook fixed paternoster. Become an author It has been announced that the 2020 rules for unpaid bass fishing have been rolled over for 2021 for both amateur and dealing fishing. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. Other good colours to try are all red, and alignment coloured eels with pale bellies and darker backs. Bass can be caught on smaller neap tides too, but the numbers running the estuaries are usually much less and the likelihood of bigger fish is more remote. However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. Guest contributor guidelines Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. In 2016 this consisted of anglers only being permitted to fish for bass on a catch and release basis only for the first six months of the year and limited to retaining one bass per angler per day for the second half of the year. Dawn and dusk periods are prime when working ground close to shore. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. There’s an old saying that the bass are behind the third breaker, but this generally is not always true. Guest posts Match this to a heavier duty multiplier such as the PENN 525Mag 3, or a similar reel. For vertical jigging you need a 9-foot to 9-foot 6-inch spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or so. Contribute to our site Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. Where there is a large tidal range, there will be bass, they even seem to prefer the biggest tides of the month – spring tides, because there will be a greater speed in the run of tide. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. However, due to changing seasonal weather patterns around the UK, resulting in milder winters generally, bass can sometimes stay inshore and feeding right through to Christmas. Writers wanted David Mitchell, Head of Sea Angling, shares his views on the ongoing negotiations between the government and the EU. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. Big softies need to have the hook passed through the back and be brought out and upwards through the belly. Over this speed consistent catches usually fall away. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. This is another good place to trot whole live sandeel and scombroid down with the tide using a light lead just enough to keep the bait up in the water column. Guest contributor guidelines Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. The negotiations have paused before restarting next week when everyone hopes a find can be made. 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Guest article Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. Match this to a modern lightweight low-profile reel such as an ABU REVO Toro Inshore or conventional number such as a Penn 515 or Daiwa or Shimano equivalent reel. You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. This led to the bass moving in with the tide to feed on the heads and guts. Put the biggest ones back! Make sure you adhere to the latest rules on retaining bass and, if you choose to keep a fish, make sure it’s over the current 42cm minimum. Fishing is not just for fun, it is an art and by following these tips, the chances of success should be increased. Steep-to beaches can also fish very well for bass immediately after a storm when the sea remains rough, but the wind has dropped. Live sandeel is highly effective as bass bait when drift fishing and fishing at anchor in to reefs and wrecks. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. Write for us Follow our guide on how to build a surf bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. Guest posting rules Tackle and TechniqueRods – These days with so many places to fish for bass, each with its own tackle needs and tactics. Guest article Casting a lugworm or peeler crab bait into a raging surf spawned the classic surf bass rod, and it is the Irish surf strands that are famed for this. Contribute to this site Therefore very made bass anglers do not cast a set spacing every time. 4 – To the free end of the 60lb line tie on a size 4 rolling swivel. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Cut the body halfway through then bend the body around the hook and thread the crab fully on to the shank. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely.


How to catch bass submitting a guest post

Want to write a post The best of the surf bass beaches tend to be shallow, often cut with nonconvergent deeper gutters, and will fully or partially face the prevailing winds. Guest-blogger In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. 3 – Holding the hook in your left hand, opening with one side of the cut body slide the bait over the hook point and round the bend of the hook and up the shank. Big bass over 6lbs will hug the seabed and thump the rod tip hard as they power for the snags. RIGS FOR BASS  From running leger to pulley. It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. Be safe Whether you fish from a boat or from the shore make sure you do so safely. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. But while the impact of the proposals for commercialised fishing are not known the proposal to adjust the bag limit for recreational fishing has been assessed to result in no additive deathrate compared to the existing bag limit of two fish per day for nine months of the year. Their breeding season is from late February through to late May. Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. Looking for guest posts Necessary cookies are dead essential for the website to function by rights. Check the tide When cerebration a bass trip, it is essential to know the tide times, both to increase your fishing chances and to ensure your own safety. Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. Suggest a post Tides that flood in daylight can see reduced numbers of fish, specially if the water is clear. Guest article Be impatient We love Rapalas in green, blue and silver and Clouser Minnows and sandeels in chartreuse and white livery but keep ringing the changes in terms of lure or fly size and colour. Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. These include adjusting the bag limit for recreational fishing to three fish per day for eight months, as opposed to the current bag limit of two fish for nine months – something the Angling Trust pushed the UK to call for in the negotiations. A shortage of bass over 5lb could be something to do with their extremely slow growth rate. You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. The best presentation is to use crabs about the size of a 50p piece, remove all the body shell, cut the bait halfway into the body, then thread the body around the hook shank then secure with bait elastic to form a rough sausage shape. Related article: Europe’s Bass – A Species on the Edge of Collapse?. The Wexford, Cork and Kerry coasts of Ireland are also a rough ground bass mecca. Guest posters wanted In 2016 this consisted of anglers only being permitted to fish for bass on a catch and release basis only for the first six months of the year and limited to retaining one bass per angler per day for the second half of the year. Guest posts Casting a lugworm or peeler crab bait into a raging surf spawned the classic surf bass rod, and it is the Irish surf strands that are famed for this. Pick a line that sees the boat pass over the selected ground across, but at a slight downtide angle. That said, with the sliding swivel, a cautious bass can be allowed to pull line freely through the sliding swivel without fully feeling the lead weight. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Therefore, the bass specimen hunter will need a variety of rods in his armoury to be able to fish a variety of locations and conditions. Get a soft actioned blank and you struggle to set the hook properly in the bass’s jaw when the line comes tight. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. Bass is a identifiable fish having two dorsal fins, the front carrying 8 to 9 sharp spines, and the body is covered in big scales. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). Those anglers not into fish at this time should slowly retrieve their eels back towards the boat. Read the full article on Irish bass fishing by clicking here. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. This is a general rule, not always fact, with some beaches being devoid of bass on the flood but fishing well on the ebb. Pick a line that sees the boat pass over the selected ground across, but at a slight downtide angle. Other essential items are a ball cap and a good pair of polarised sunglasses which are constitutional for helping you spot fish before they spot you when fishing in daylight. 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. Become a contributor Anglers fishing rough weather and in estuaries where the tide run is fast with maybe some floating weed and with big fish in mind, they would choose the 2-4oz bass rod, again 11’6″ in length, married to either a 6000 sized fixed spool reel or a small multiplier such as one from the ABU 6500 series, with Penn 515’s also popular. It is ideal for fishing weighted shads and sandeel imitators and is also good for presenting fresh small live fish in a natural manner such as sandeel and scombroid fish. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. This is a general rule, not always fact, with some beaches being devoid of bass on the flood but fishing well on the ebb. Low water is a good time, especially if it coincides with dusk or dawn, but the bass tend to work a rough ground beach for the first two hours or so of the flood, then move elsewhere, returning for the hour either side of high water. Choose either a 9ft 6in spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or go for a full 2-4oz bass rod, but make sure the latter is a very light example as you will be holding it all the time. You need to find areas in the estuary channels where the seabed is rocky, weedy and with a depth of water over 10-feet.   But beware when using braid, particularly if you are using 30lb braid with a stiff rod like a "Red Rod" that you are now now making the hook into the weakest part of your rig if you get hooked into a 10lb fish - don't blame the hook manufacturer if you don't have a advancing enough action in your rod. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. Use just a few turns of elastic to secure the legs to the shank of the hook. Want to write for The colouration tends to be green-grey on the back, now and then dark blue, shading to silver sides and a white belly. Contribute to this site Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. Contributing writer Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. Bass are found in the waters of the south and west of the UK all year round, although it may be the smaller immature bass which are present during the colder months. Submit content The Talk Sea Fishing Guide to common skate fishing. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Push the two halves up on to the shank and bend of the hook leaving only the hook point clear of the bait, then bind the bait to the hook with some good tight turns of bait elastic. Suggest a post Each year we run hundreds of events for all ages and abilities. It’s up to the helmsman to take turns and course alterations very wide and slow. Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. Map of have-a-go beginner angling events where you can learn to fish in England UK plus authorized angling coaches to show you what you need to go fishing, fishing tackle and how to use it. Good examples are the Penn range including the Slammer, Spinfisher and Clash, also reels of similar design from Shimano, Daiwa and other companies. Want to contribute to our website Such conditions induce the highest numbers of fish inshore. Therefore very made bass anglers do not cast a set spacing every time. Calls to our 0343 number are charged at the same rate as normal landline numbers. Both high and low water periods, again because of little tidal flow, are poor. Bass know this and will run these gutters with the flood tide but facing directly into the tide so they can pick up the afloat scent from any food items. These will fish better in daylight than shallower water, but their wave configuration will typically be one or two change of integrity waves only. Want to write a post Good examples are the Penn range including the Slammer, Spinfisher and Clash, also reels of similar design from Shimano, Daiwa and other companies. While both sides broadly agree that a rollover of the 2020 measures is indispensable to rebuild the stock, the UK has proposed some ‘adjustments’ to the shared management approach which the EU does not accept. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. Fish holding feature is the key to finding the fish on surf beaches. Guest article The Talk Sea Fishing Guide to common skate fishing. Some South Coast piers produce big bass to large mackerel heads, flappers and fillets fished alongside the wall or around the pier piles. Having said that, all bass rods need to have a appropriately sensitive tip to help absorb the fish’s lunges as they come close the boat, ensuring less lost fish!Surface-caught bass using float, free-line and plug fishing, are best caught on purpose built rods and their are plenty of them these days specially in the SMITH rod range and this style of tackle will only maximize your sport. Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. These cookies do not store any ad hominem information. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. You can fish with 15lb line and a 30lb to 40lb shock leader. A shortage of bass over 5lb could be something to do with their extremely slow growth rate. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. However, from mid-May onwards, and especially from mid-June when the crab peel falls away, the bass will move on to a fresh fish diet targeting sandeels and smaller fish. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. Guest posting Wear a lifejacket, have an exit strategy from rocks and beaches and make sure you can safely land and return bass from your chosen fishing displace. School bass will feed on worms, crab or fish while older fish are extremely selective about the bait they will take and can prove a challenge for even the most well-educated and experienced angler to catch. Become a contributor You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Guest posts Their breeding season is from late February through to late May. This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. Bass range as far south as the Mediterranean and the North African coast, but also north to rebel Norway. Cocktail baits are therefore generally avoided and something natural looking such as a head-hooked ragworm, a sandeel or a full peeler crab are the most popular baits. Big bass will hit big baits, but baits above the size of a standard small matchbox will see your bites ratio reduce. Guest post opportunities A tactic I’ve used many times on rough ground backed by shingle is what military snipers call “the grave”. The Wexford, Cork and Kerry coasts of Ireland are also a rough ground bass mecca. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. Once you know and understand the ground composition you are looking for, the method is easy. These are especially effective in deeper water. On these deeper beaches, often the ground is relatively clean, but there will be areas further out where fish may collect. This needs to be a dark colour to match the seabed when fishing in daylight. The minimum landing size of bass was also increased from 36cm to 42cm.


Get the latest from Sea Angler guest post:

Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. Don’t bully the bass, have faith in the reel drag and drop the rod to the side if the bass tries to run for a known snag out in front of you, which they will try to do, as the sideways rod angle will turn them. This scene often occurs when an estuary flanks the beach. These again catch and hold food, as well as offer shelter to small fish crabs and other crustaceans. Registered in England and Wales Company No. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. Guest posts Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. This is a general rule, not always fact, with some beaches being devoid of bass on the flood but fishing well on the ebb. Some South Coast piers produce big bass to large mackerel heads, flappers and fillets fished alongside the wall or around the pier piles. You do need a high degree of strikingness for real success. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. Sponsored post Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. - by scent using their flared nostrils as receptors across their head – this is how so many bass are caught on static deadbaits like peeler crab and mackerel. A 15lb class 8ft boat rod or lighter spinning blank about 8ft long, but with a stiffish action works well. One of our most iconic sporting species, bass, are aggressive brine predators bristling with spines and menace. Submit article Once you know and understand the ground composition you are looking for, the method is easy. Please release your larger speciments to ensure that they can spawn and sustain our vital bass fishery!!. Other good spots are the deeper edges of shallow rising finger reefs running shoreward, small patches of sand amongst rough ground and areas of weed. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. 4 – To the end of the swivel tied to the shock leader, tie on 15-inches of 20/25lb Fluorocarbon or clear mono to form the hook length. The multitude statement is from the Gov. 3 – Holding the hook in your left hand, opening with one side of the cut body slide the bait over the hook point and round the bend of the hook and up the shank. Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. Submit guest article Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. Accepting guest posts Work your fly or lure right back to the edge and explore areas newly flooded on an incoming tide too. Guest contributor guidelines Pick any part of the country where bass are caught and providing you locate suitable ground features, you’re in with a chance. Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern. Become a guest blogger Now simply flick the wrist in an upward then downward motion to lift and drop the rod tip allowing the jighead to ab initio lift, then fall back to tap the seabed. Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. If you catch a really big bass we always recommend that you return it as these fish are the breeding stock for the future!. Sandeels get swept into these and are picked off by bass that sit on the edge of the fast passing current just inside the quieter water on the downside of the bank. Always use a clear leader for daylight bassing as bass can shy away from bright colours. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. Submit guest post Set the boat up to drift with the tide flow, cast in an uptide direction letting the jighead sink to the bottom. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. It seems we can’t find what you’re looking for. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. The best tides are the building middle sized tides through to the very biggest spring tides.   That's why we recommend SMITH Rods as they have a light yet stiff rod tip to be able to cast small lures or baits bit have a progressive enough action to be able to bully the fish home - this is especially large if you are intending to release the fish!. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. The species is a member of the perch family, noted for its patrolling shoal instinct, and bass are very territorial and patrol their section of the sea vigorously. Live baiting with sandeels, pouting or other small fish is another technique that can get results – especially in places such as piers where these baits can be easily lowered down into the water. Submit guest post Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. Submit your content 4 – Use bait elastic meagrely to form a rough sausage shape but with lots of juices still able to leak out of the crab body for maximum effect in the tide run. Add a few turns of bait elastic around the head for casting security. Bass have a spiky dorsal fin which will draw blood, but far more risky to your hands when handing fish are the edges of the gills, which are razor sharp. The Talk Sea Fishing How To Catch Guide on brill fishing. The classic bass rig for rough ground is the simple running leger, a fluctuation of which is the running paternoster or the one-hook fixed paternoster. Some South Coast piers produce big bass to large mackerel heads, flappers and fillets fished alongside the wall or around the pier piles. Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. The lead weight is attached to the link on the snap link swivel tied direct to the leader. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. Please leave a message if you call outside these hours or email us. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. Lugworms catch school bass on the surf beaches and Irish strands, but do not catch so well over rough ground. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern. Of late, Luce Bay has also produced some bigger fish from the rougher ground. Want to contribute to our website Bass have a spiky dorsal fin which will draw blood, but far more risky to your hands when handing fish are the edges of the gills, which are razor sharp. They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. Guest post opportunities Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. Guest post- Bass run the estuary on the flood tide, but as they leave the estuary as the tide begins to flow out, they drop back down the length of the beach with the ebbing tide. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. When baiting with lug, always nip the sandy tail off a short way below the body, then slide the worm, tail end first, over the hook point and around and up the shank of the hook. Having said that, all bass rods need to have a appropriately sensitive tip to help absorb the fish’s lunges as they come close the boat, ensuring less lost fish!Surface-caught bass using float, free-line and plug fishing, are best caught on purpose built rods and their are plenty of them these days specially in the SMITH rod range and this style of tackle will only maximize your sport. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. Other surf beach features to look out for are areas of small stone or boulders. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. The peak tides are those the three days before the very biggest tide. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. This has the vantage of being less elastic than mono, so improves bite detection, but also is less visible to a fish working in clear shallow water. Another good technique is to anchor uptide of the wreck and cast or trot artificial shad imitations and weighted shads back into the wreck. At this time, during the first hour of the flood and the hour either side of high water, bass will work very close into the tide line, often in just a couple of feet of water. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. A guide to bass fishing from the shore and boat. Wading as far as is cognisant and then casting as far as possible, can often be the tactic that finds a fish on a day when few fish are feeding. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. While both options have very similar impacts with respect to the overall tonnage of bass taken by anglers, the Angling Trust believes the increased adaptability to take three fish during the peak season would benefit a greater number of members of the public who fish for bass and enjoy keeping fish for the table on the happening that they are able to go fishing, and are lucky enough to catch a few bass. To the sliding swivel tie on 24-inches of 30lb to 40lb Fluorocarbon. Guest post- They are also present end-to-end the whole of the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. A first light session before joining the family for breakfast and a day on the beach is our favourite on a summer holiday, but go with whatever works for you and your routine. In the autumn months they will feed up heavily on mackerel and herring. Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. Set the boat up to drift with the tide flow, cast in an uptide direction letting the jighead sink to the bottom. Look to the mouths of estuaries, immaterial of size, as potential drop holding ground. Aim to keep the sandeel a few feet up off the seabed or wreck for the bass to rise and intercept as they pass by. For uptide fishing a lighter 2-6oz uptide rod between 9-feet 6inches and 10-feet is perfect. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. To the free end of the Fluorocarbon tie on the lure of your choice. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. first cast short and then sit and wait. Reels need to be multipliers holding 250-300yds of 12 to 15lb line. Suggest a post Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. Any cookies that may not be particularly necessary for the website to function and is used specifically to collect user personal data via analytics, ads, other embedded contents are termed as non-necessary cookies. Large baits are essential, and a hook size of 3/0 upwards is suitable for baits like a peeler crab or mackerel fillet, with a 6/0 the hook for a mackerel head or a live fish. Wading as far as is cognisant and then casting as far as possible, can often be the tactic that finds a fish on a day when few fish are feeding. The art of freelining is concealment. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. Sponsored post by Anglers are now required to fish for bass on a catch and release basis during January, February and December of 2020. Guest post: Reels need to be multipliers holding 250-300yds of 12 to 15lb line. Any turns by the boat with lures still trolling can produce fearsome tangles. 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. The ability for the UK to start taking a contrasting path and ‘take back control’ on bass management appears, in my opinion, to be being unnatural by a combination of EU concerns over increased fishing mortality, a concern over any welfare the UK would get over EU fishing fleets and a strategic approach to try and bind the UK to the Common Fisheries Policy. Accepting guest posts Now begin a slow and steady bring. While both options have very similar impacts with respect to the overall tonnage of bass taken by anglers, the Angling Trust believes the increased adaptability to take three fish during the peak season would benefit a greater number of members of the public who fish for bass and enjoy keeping fish for the table on the happening that they are able to go fishing, and are lucky enough to catch a few bass. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. They move into the drainage channels drawing water off the salt marshes targeting crab, small fish and sandeel, but also work through weed and muddy boulder ground sniffing out crabs and small fish. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. The phrase some carp men use when hunt carp working tight into the margins is “combat fishing” and this is the perfect description and it applies just as much to close quarter bassing with freelined baits.


Sea Bass Fishing Techniques 101 suggest a post

Current bass authorisations continue to be valid, please continue to refer to the Bass Fishing Guidance 2020. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Other worm baits like ragworms and maddies catch bass in surf, although these are more likely to attract flounders. They thought nothing of spending hours biteless in the quest for the odd red-letter day or sample. Submit article 1 – On to the mainline, slide on a Pulley Rig bead, then a 5mm black bead. Landings limits in 2021 will provisionally stay the same until further notice into the new year, once annual negotiations for 2021 have been completed, and any exploit steps to be taken at UK level to take any changes into account have taken place. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. Always the best fishing will be on the tides that fall in the three days prior to the biggest tide of all. Lugworm, either blow or black lug, would be the most agreeable bass bait in the surf. Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. THE BEST BASS BAITSThere's something for every occasion. Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. Writers wanted Ride of a lifetime!There is dead no mistaking a bass on the end of your line. To the eye of this second snap link swivel tie on 5-feet of 40/60lb clear Fluorocarbon. Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. Match this to a modern lightweight low-profile reel such as an ABU REVO Toro Inshore or conventional number such as a Penn 515 or Daiwa or Shimano equivalent reel. Please leave a message if you call outside these hours or email us. Submit your content The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. Like many fish species nowadays, bass numbers have been reduced by commercial pressure and there is concern that both the total numbers and average size of bass are rapidly reducing in UK and European waters. Don’t be afraid to use big baits. Follow our guide on how to build an estuary bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. Sponsored post by The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern. uk/government/publications/bass-industry-guidance-2020 Please note that the National Lockdown rules may prohibit certain leisure activities. Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. Submit blog post My father’s tactic was to ambush the bass, and he had a series of different spots he would move to on the different states of tide. While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. Submit a guest post Big bass over 6lbs will hug the seabed and thump the rod tip hard as they power for the snags. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. 3 – To the end of the Fluorocarbon tie on a Gemini Lead Link to take the weight. [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. The negotiations have paused before restarting next week when everyone hopes a find can be made. This also seems to be when there is a definite increase in the chances of a bigger 10lb plus fish being caught. Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. The worst thing you can do is to keep walking backwards and forrader up and down the shingle or rocks as the fish will see or hear you and vacate the immediate area. Submitting a guest post They thought nothing of spending hours biteless in the quest for the odd red-letter day or sample. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. Follow our guide on how to make a rough ground bass rig in our sea fishing rigs section. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. Trolling requires permanent vigilance. Guest poster wanted These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. Other good colours to try are all red, and alignment coloured eels with pale bellies and darker backs. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. Guest post by You’ll know the fish is beaten only when it wallows and thrashes on the surface. The species is a member of the perch family, noted for its patrolling shoal instinct, and bass are very territorial and patrol their section of the sea vigorously. HARDY SCANDI ROCKET SHOOTING HEAD AND TIP SETWas £64. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. Begin considering ground very close inshore first.   But beware when using braid, particularly if you are using 30lb braid with a stiff rod like a "Red Rod" that you are now now making the hook into the weakest part of your rig if you get hooked into a 10lb fish - don't blame the hook manufacturer if you don't have a advancing enough action in your rod. Bass are found passim European waters. The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. Guest post guidelines This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. Bass in particular, prove highly vulnerable to worked lures. Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. Follow our guide on how to build a surf bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. This can happen, but there are many types of rough ground bass bite. Choose a model with a good front drag system such as the Penn Slammer 4000, Penn Clash 4000, or equivalent Shimano or Daiwa. Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. In all these situations depth is not important from the bass’s point of view. We take a look at the tactics, techniques and locations to catch yourself a brill. Well tied on superb materials with top quality components!Bass are probably the cleverest fish to swim in our waters and on the number of occasions they won’t offer themselves up for free. Bass are a highly sought after fish, and bass angling attracts some of Britain’s most committed anglers due to the warring qualities and high reputation of this striking looking fish. Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. Writers wanted You can fish with 15lb line and a 30lb to 40lb shock leader. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. When baiting with lug, always nip the sandy tail off a short way below the body, then slide the worm, tail end first, over the hook point and around and up the shank of the hook. 2 – To the end of the inject tie on a size 6 swivel. Much depends upon the venue, the season and the weather conditions. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. You can also trot small live mackerel, pollack and pouting down into the wreck and this is highly rough-and-ready. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. Cocktail baits are therefore generally avoided and something natural looking such as a head-hooked ragworm, a sandeel or a full peeler crab are the most popular baits. Bass is a identifiable fish having two dorsal fins, the front carrying 8 to 9 sharp spines, and the body is covered in big scales. Submitting a guest post Choose a model with a good front drag system such as the Penn Slammer 4000, Penn Clash 4000, or equivalent Shimano or Daiwa. Guest-post To the sliding swivel tie on 24-inches of 30lb to 40lb Fluorocarbon. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. You will also feel the pressure on the line fall slack. One reason for this is that that is often as far as the average angler can cast so most of the fish will come from that distance. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. Another option, and often a good one, is to use a Fluorocarbon mainline. Bass will often scavenge human food waste inside harbours such as bacon and chicken bones that have been thrown over the side of boats. Another good technique is to anchor uptide of the wreck and cast or trot artificial shad imitations and weighted shads back into the wreck. This turned out to be the case when a bass of 19lb 11oz 12dr was caught on a Sandown Pier on the Isle of Wight by local angler Steve Caves who used a full squid bait on a size 6/0 hook. JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. ■ Pier bass: Catching big bass from a pier is a comparatively modern style and came about because many mackerel anglers headed and gutted their catch before leaving the pier (and some beach and rock marks). Want to write for It’s not commonly used even by toughened bass anglers and yet it is the most effective form of fishing at close range over rough ground or in shallower estuary side creeks and around weed banks. Bass is a identifiable fish having two dorsal fins, the front carrying 8 to 9 sharp spines, and the body is covered in big scales. Open water bass in the spring and summer will feed on sandeel. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. Fishing is not just for fun, it is an art and by following these tips, the chances of success should be increased.


Commercial Value and Declining Bass Numbers become an author

Due to their extra length, these longer rods step-up the speed of the lead weight, which in turn increases casting indifference. Sandeels get swept into these and are picked off by bass that sit on the edge of the fast passing current just inside the quieter water on the downside of the bank. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. If you want to catch one, Alan Yates has two pieces of advice. Bass are a highly sought after fish, and bass angling attracts some of Britain’s most committed anglers due to the warring qualities and high reputation of this striking looking fish. Much depends upon the venue, the season and the weather conditions. It is also more detrition resistant than mono when encountering boulders, barnacles and stones. Become guest writer Freelining also works when casting along the edges of weed covered estuary sides and into shallow emptying creeks, again during the flooding tide. OUT NOW:SPORTFISH SPRING / SUMMER CATALOGUERequest a FREE copy today!. Bass are a shoal species and when small can be suicidal, but once over 2-3lb they are far less likely to be caught in numbers. Experienced bass anglers will tell you they can often be stood on the tide line and watch bass just a few feet away from them working through the boulders, dorsal or tail fin right out of the water, forgetful to the angler nearby. The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. Ignore the rod tip as a bite indicator. Submit post Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. Become an author Peak times for feeding are when low water coincides with dusk or dawn. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. If this doesn’t work, then cast as far as you possibly can. Submit guest article The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Fishing with one rod and one bait for hours, waiting for the big one to hit the bait, requires dedication, but the rewards can be special. Alternatively, use 3-inch sections of larger sandeel like launce, and again use bait elastic for security on the hook. As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. Guest post guidelines However, some knowledgeable bass anglers have witnessed large adult bass behaving in a enculturation manner in shallow water at the heads of estuaries in the mid May period. Live mackerel is also excellent in season. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. During gales some big bass will come to feed inside the smaller estuaries. Contribute to this site 5knots of speed is usually the optimum for taking bass, go faster and strikes fall away. This may only require a short cast between 40 and 60-yards but can be highly effective. Sponsored post: Dawn and dusk can be the best times to target bass. You would expect a typical rough ground bass bite to be a savage rod racking affair. Bass know this and will run these gutters with the flood tide but facing directly into the tide so they can pick up the afloat scent from any food items. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. They are found around Skagerrak and throughout the North Sea, although they are not very common in the Baltic Sea. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. These are especially effective in deeper water. There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. Work the lures 40 to 80-yards away from the stern, but if bites are slow in clear water, let more line out. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. This forms a comparatively small knot that flies through the rod rings easily and proves better than mono in most circumstances. Guest posting rules Another good technique is to anchor uptide of the wreck and cast or trot artificial shad imitations and weighted shads back into the wreck. Atwo-hook Pennell rig can also be an advantage for larger squid or crab baits. Guest contributor guidelines Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. Another good technique is to anchor uptide of the wreck and cast or trot artificial shad imitations and weighted shads back into the wreck. 4 – To the free end of the 60lb line tie on a size 4 rolling swivel. Peak times for feeding are when low water coincides with dusk or dawn. Don’t forget float gear too, great for ragworm or live sandeel fishing over broken ground. Guest posting rules Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. Anglers fishing rough weather and in estuaries where the tide run is fast with maybe some floating weed and with big fish in mind, they would choose the 2-4oz bass rod, again 11’6″ in length, married to either a 6000 sized fixed spool reel or a small multiplier such as one from the ABU 6500 series, with Penn 515’s also popular. Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. Choose either a 9ft 6in spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or go for a full 2-4oz bass rod, but make sure the latter is a very light example as you will be holding it all the time. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. Push the two halves up on to the shank and bend of the hook leaving only the hook point clear of the bait, then bind the bait to the hook with some good tight turns of bait elastic. Blog for us Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. However, due to changing seasonal weather patterns around the UK, resulting in milder winters generally, bass can sometimes stay inshore and feeding right through to Christmas. JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. If you want to catch one, Alan Yates has two pieces of advice. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. However, some knowledgeable bass anglers have witnessed large adult bass behaving in a enculturation manner in shallow water at the heads of estuaries in the mid May period. This capacity can be clearly seen by sponsor splashes on the surface as the bass seize a victim and turn, and by the hordes of screaming and diving terns taking advantage of the chaos. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. The best marks of all are reefs, sooner shallow reefs, that are connected to the shore. IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication. Guest posting A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. This has the vantage of being less elastic than mono, so improves bite detection, but also is less visible to a fish working in clear shallow water. Wading as far as is cognisant and then casting as far as possible, can often be the tactic that finds a fish on a day when few fish are feeding. Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. Bass, referred to by the French as “Loup de Mer” meaning the Wolf of the Sea due to their prowess as a hunter, have a wide-ranging diet taking crabs, shellfish, shrimps, sandeels, worms. You can use a plain lead and let the tide wash this around in a semi-circle back to shore to cover more ground but choose a lead heavy enough to only slowly move across the sand by tidal pressure on the line. For really rough ground the pulley rig, shown right, is a favourite. To this snap link swivel’s eye, snap on another snap link swivel by the snap link. However, due to changing seasonal weather patterns around the UK, resulting in milder winters generally, bass can sometimes stay inshore and feeding right through to Christmas. Become guest writer IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication. Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. They will take all manner of bait, but their feeding predominantly follows a pattern. These will typically be areas of sandbanks or again deeper gutters that form where tidal currents run. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. Reels need to be multipliers holding 250-300yds of 12 to 15lb line. Guest-blogger As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Submit content Cocktail baits are therefore generally avoided and something natural looking such as a head-hooked ragworm, a sandeel or a full peeler crab are the most popular baits. Guest posts wanted Tackle and TechniqueRods – These days with so many places to fish for bass, each with its own tackle needs and tactics. Wear a lifejacket, have an exit strategy from rocks and beaches and make sure you can safely land and return bass from your chosen fishing displace. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Bass run the estuary on the flood tide, but as they leave the estuary as the tide begins to flow out, they drop back down the length of the beach with the ebbing tide. If you want to catch one, Alan Yates has two pieces of advice. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. These rods are also lighter than a value beach caster allowing them to be held comfortably for long periods of time. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. If you’re below that angle they’ll never see you. Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. Even small almost inconsequential things like old wooden stakes buried upright in the sand that nets may have been staked to will pull bass as they see scoured out areas around their base that crabs and shrimp will hide in. One reason for this is that that is often as far as the average angler can cast so most of the fish will come from that distance. Guest post by Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Bass can still be caught on the ebb tide as they run out of the estuary, but they are cautious of being cut off and tend to work the edges of the deeper main channel as they drop back, and especially like areas where surf is evident as it breaks over shallowing sandbanks on the seaward side. Guest post guidelines Tie this to the short section of 20lb Fluoro carbon. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern.


Get the latest from Sea Angler become a contributor

It is mandatory to procure user consent prior to running these cookies on your website. You have no items in your shopping cart. Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. Steep-to beaches can also fish very well for bass immediately after a storm when the sea remains rough, but the wind has dropped. 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. Submit a guest post Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. This uses braid line with a short 8-feet long Fluorocarbon leader and a light jighead between 1/8th ounce for light tidal flow, and up to 1oz or so in faster tides. Guest posting Freelining also works when casting along the edges of weed covered estuary sides and into shallow emptying creeks, again during the flooding tide. If you fish for bass you really should consider joining!. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. You start well uptide of the ground you wish to cover and to one side. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. Write for us As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. That said, with the sliding swivel, a cautious bass can be allowed to pull line freely through the sliding swivel without fully feeling the lead weight. These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. School bass can be caught passim the year, these being bass up to about 2lbs in weight or so, but adult bass fresh from spawning show first towards the end of March in the south, but more likely in the middle of April in Wales and off Essex, and then on the East Anglian coast by the end of April or beginning of May. Many anglers see bass as a predator which hunts down smaller fish. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Choose a longer type about 8-feet in length with a fairly fast action and power in the middle section and butt to work fish back against a fast tide run, also to set the hook at long range. Also note depressions in the stones that hold water as these too, will trap food. Sandeel is another good surf bait for bass, either used as whole small sandeel with the head and tail cut off and simply threaded over and up the hook, then bound with bait elastic for security. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. It’s not localised sport either. Fluorocarbon is a better leader material than mono for this as it is more abrasion resistant and less visible to the fish. Bass know this and will run these gutters with the flood tide but facing directly into the tide so they can pick up the afloat scent from any food items. Begin considering ground very close inshore first. The best tides are the building middle sized tides through to the very biggest spring tides. Contribute to this site You have no items in your shopping cart. Guest posts This will change as water depth deepens and shallows as the tide floods in. Static bottom baits fished hard on the bottom, using simple running rigs are employed from time to time. Over rocky ground an accurate plop into a gulley can put your bait in front of fish, and a knowledge of the low-tide terrain is a big advantage, so check it out. Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. Submit an article When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Bass use this fast running tide to push sandeel shoals up against and make them easier to pick off. Something else to take note of is the high tide line, especially on beaches backed by shingle banks. 3 – Now slide on a rig crimp, a 3mm bead, a size 10 rolling swivel, another bead and a crimp. Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. This indicates we may not know all we think we do when it comes to bass sex habits. Bass, referred to by the French as “Loup de Mer” meaning the Wolf of the Sea due to their prowess as a hunter, have a wide-ranging diet taking crabs, shellfish, shrimps, sandeels, worms. This scene often occurs when an estuary flanks the beach. Submit post Make the cast and literally let the bait wash around in the swell. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. Again, add the short 8-foot section of Fluorocarbon so the fish do not see the braid in clear water. Become an author There is only one hook to really trust, the Mustad Viking 79515. These areas will always see bass quarter them thoroughly at the appropriate stage of the tide. Want to write an article The spiral is best having the best streamlined shape and are less conspicuous. They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. If you look closely, you’ll identify areas where there is far more afloat debris such as wood and plastic washed up than in other areas. David Mitchell, Head of Sea Angling, shares his views on the ongoing negotiations between the government and the EU. Many people think bass hunt swimming with the tide, but the reality is the opposite. This is reliable and will not damage the fish in any way prior to unhooking and backward. Despite the questions over the long unchangeableness of bass numbers this species appears to be extending their range northwards with bass now being caught with some symmetricalness in areas such as the Yorkshire and North East coasts where they were antecedently fairly rare. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. Beginner angling events - want to get into fishing? Get back into angling, find out where to go fishing, accessible venues, who to go fishing with, tackle to use to start fishing and how to go fishing for the first time. A shortage of bass over 5lb could be something to do with their extremely slow growth rate. The bass, now shoaled up and numbering anything from a dozen fish to hundreds, make frequent raids into the panicking sandeels a few fish at a time. Publish your guest post 3 – Now slide on a rig crimp, a 3mm bead, a size 10 rolling swivel, another bead and a crimp. A large saltwater fish is good from summer beach marks, rocks and piers, while a whole Calamari squid works in autumn. first cast short and then sit and wait. Guest post guidelines Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Don’t bully the bass, have faith in the reel drag and drop the rod to the side if the bass tries to run for a known snag out in front of you, which they will try to do, as the sideways rod angle will turn them. Submit an article The constituted season for bass is from April through to November, though in Wales and the southern coast of England fish can be caught throughout the year. Want to write for The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. first cast short and then sit and wait. Guest posting Good examples are the Penn range including the Slammer, Spinfisher and Clash, also reels of similar design from Shimano, Daiwa and other companies. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Bass can still be caught on the ebb tide as they run out of the estuary, but they are cautious of being cut off and tend to work the edges of the deeper main channel as they drop back, and especially like areas where surf is evident as it breaks over shallowing sandbanks on the seaward side. Sandeel is another good surf bait for bass, either used as whole small sandeel with the head and tail cut off and simply threaded over and up the hook, then bound with bait elastic for security. They move into the drainage channels drawing water off the salt marshes targeting crab, small fish and sandeel, but also work through weed and muddy boulder ground sniffing out crabs and small fish. Remember these will show on the surface downtide of where their actual seabed state is depending on how fast the tide flow is. Blog for us Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. You would expect a typical rough ground bass bite to be a savage rod racking affair. Again, bind these baits well with bait elastic for improved casting long suit. Guest article When baiting with lug, always nip the sandy tail off a short way below the body, then slide the worm, tail end first, over the hook point and around and up the shank of the hook. Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Before fishing find out what tactics suit your area and advert to keep it simple. 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. Anglers fishing rough weather and in estuaries where the tide run is fast with maybe some floating weed and with big fish in mind, they would choose the 2-4oz bass rod, again 11’6″ in length, married to either a 6000 sized fixed spool reel or a small multiplier such as one from the ABU 6500 series, with Penn 515’s also popular. Grip them hard and lift then from the surf. Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Submit blog post The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. This rougher ground traps more food and has more hidey holes for crabs and small fish to live in. Like many fish species nowadays, bass numbers have been reduced by commercial pressure and there is concern that both the total numbers and average size of bass are rapidly reducing in UK and European waters. Guest blogger guidelines Tackle for bass trolling is simple. Small neaps rarely give bass the opportunity. 4 – The best hook is a Mustad Viking 79515 size 4/0. In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. Some South Coast piers produce big bass to large mackerel heads, flappers and fillets fished alongside the wall or around the pier piles. org/how-we-can-help/coronavirus/return-play/frequently-asked-questions-national-lockdown-restrictions. HARDY SCANDI ROCKET SHOOTING HEAD AND TIP SETWas £64. As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. Keep tackle carried to an absolute minimum. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. Suggest a post Sandeels, and then bass, assemble over the rough ground patches, but are not present on the clean sand. Live mackerel is also excellent in season. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. Big bass are said to be difficult to catch, yet record-breakers are so often fluked by gross novices. To herd and trap the sandeel, bass need a wall to push them against. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. After dark (or before first light!) fishing with lures and poppers can be awesome. Submit your content Beginner angling events - want to get into fishing? Get back into angling, find out where to go fishing, accessible venues, who to go fishing with, tackle to use to start fishing and how to go fishing for the first time. The bass, now shoaled up and numbering anything from a dozen fish to hundreds, make frequent raids into the panicking sandeels a few fish at a time. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. This rig is virtually tangle free and requires minimal components when bass fishing over wrecks and reefs. Don’t overcast Bass are disreputable for striking close in, very close, so make sure you search out the water under your feet, even if it is shallow. If you keep quiet and out of sight, bass will be almost at your feet. Contributing writer Anglers are now required to fish for bass on a catch and release basis during January, February and December of 2020.


Distribution become guest writer

Bassing by attrition is still the best tactic, although modern society’s need for an instant fix means there are very few sea anglers prepared to put in the hours, which is why many quality shore bass are caught by accident. Become a contributor At the start of 2021 it appears that the same regulations which were in place for 2020 will speak into the new year. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Work your fly or lure right back to the edge and explore areas newly flooded on an incoming tide too. Guest post Work your fly or lure right back to the edge and explore areas newly flooded on an incoming tide too. Guest author Typically, though, in ideal surf conditions and depending on depth, the bass will be from 20-yards to 80-yards out, but often working a precise band of water a set distance offshore. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. Guest posts What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. A large saltwater fish is good from summer beach marks, rocks and piers, while a whole Calamari squid works in autumn. Submit article The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. Fewer anglers troll these days, but trolling lures is just as annihilative this side of the pond as it is in warmer climes. To herd and trap the sandeel, bass need a wall to push them against. Become a guest blogger As a fish takes, the tip simply gets heavier. Other lures worth considering are the dummy fish with wagging tails like shads in the larger 6in sizes and Mr Twister lures between 4 and 6ins long. Articles wanted Our experts have pulled unitedly their suggested bass fishing tackle for you to browse. Guest blogger guidelines However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. Want to write for Ideal ground would be boulders, weed beds, small rocky peaks a few feet high that suffer some tidal run, or a definite drop-off area from very shallow to slightly deeper water. Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. Learn how your comment data is pure. The best rough ground bass anglers develop the ability to read the beach and to see where the bass will work looking for food. Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. Contribute to this site To this snap link swivel’s eye, snap on another snap link swivel by the snap link. Current bass authorisations continue to be valid, please continue to refer to the Bass Fishing Guidance 2020. Submit guest article Choose a longer type about 8-feet in length with a fairly fast action and power in the middle section and butt to work fish back against a fast tide run, also to set the hook at long range. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Guest-post They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. HARDY SCANDI ROCKET SHOOTING HEAD AND TIP SETWas £64. Guest author Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. This post was written by You might not believe this…but don’t doubt this until you’ve skilled it for yourself. Bass run the estuary on the flood tide, but as they leave the estuary as the tide begins to flow out, they drop back down the length of the beach with the ebbing tide. The exception to the clean sand rule is the shallow sandbank that deflects the tide. Sponsored post: In the north areas of England and most of Scotland bass are more likely to be present around the boundary during the summer months although some bass remain close to the shore in the winter. Guest posting guidelines You will always see the bite via the lift and alteration of the line first. This rig is virtually tangle free and requires minimal components when bass fishing over wrecks and reefs. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. Guest-post They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. Now begin a slow and steady bring. Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. Also note depressions in the stones that hold water as these too, will trap food. They are common throughout the south-central half of the UK, over the past two decades they have extended their range along the east and west coasts of Scotland and are now caught in growing numbers as far north as Dunnet and from time to time from the beaches in the Orkney Islands. Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. Be safe Whether you fish from a boat or from the shore make sure you do so safely. Want to write for Initially they travel through the main channel working seed mussel beds and any patches of rocky ground. Become a contributor I love fishing, and Bass fishing is a great fun by itself. Become a guest blogger Spinning is also very effective with silver ABU Tobies in 28gm, also Dexter Wedge type spinners and anything that roughly represents a small fish or a sandeel being very impressive. This also seems to be when there is a definite increase in the chances of a bigger 10lb plus fish being caught. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. 3 – Now slide on a rig crimp, a 3mm bead, a size 10 rolling swivel, another bead and a crimp. They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Set the boat up to run at about 1 to 2 knots, no faster. Lugworm, either blow or black lug, would be the most agreeable bass bait in the surf. Some South Coast piers produce big bass to large mackerel heads, flappers and fillets fished alongside the wall or around the pier piles. There is no need for a shock leader when using lines over 20lbs as the lead weights used will be less than 3ozs typically and you’re not power casting. Bass usually swim into the tide, often pausing to maintain station and “sniff” the water for food scent, sometimes dropping back short distances while still facing the current. Accepting guest posts At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. In really rough seas big bass may again be very close in amongst the breaker if the water is a good 5 to 6-feet of constant depth but are more likely to be 100-yards or more out in deeper water on shallower surf beaches where the undertow from the surf pulls food back out as it’s disturbed from the sand. 1 – On to your leader slide on a size 6 rolling swivel followed by a black size 5mm plastic bead. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. Big bass over 6lbs will hug the seabed and thump the rod tip hard as they power for the snags. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Submit an article [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. Sponsored post by The big debate is mono or braid line? Braid is often preferred for a couple of reasons. Submitting a guest post Serious bass fishing takes time. Submit your content Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. This is a guest post by Stagger these distances so that each lure is at a different setting. Contribute to this site The best of the surf bass beaches tend to be shallow, often cut with nonconvergent deeper gutters, and will fully or partially face the prevailing winds. OUT NOW:SPORTFISH SPRING / SUMMER CATALOGUERequest a FREE copy today!. In the north areas of England and most of Scotland bass are more likely to be present around the boundary during the summer months although some bass remain close to the shore in the winter. That said, huge surfs generated by a series of strong onshore winds can still produce fish. This means that bass can be caught with both lures and bait, although it is worth noting that the largest bass approaching record sizes which anglers catch are almost always caught on bait rather than lures. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. 2 – To the end of the inject tie on a size 6 swivel. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. Dusk and dawn, as ever, are great times to be fishing, especially if it coincides with low or high water. Diving plugs can also be excellent, but colour comes in to play with silver and black the best. As they are less fussy when it comes to taking baits and more common than larger bass they generally make up the majority of catches. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Suggest a post Now begin a slow and steady bring. Submit content To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Some South Coast piers produce big bass to large mackerel heads, flappers and fillets fished alongside the wall or around the pier piles. Bass bites are usually strong – either a slack liner or the rod dragged over. Now simply flick the wrist in an upward then downward motion to lift and drop the rod tip allowing the jighead to ab initio lift, then fall back to tap the seabed. Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. Many people think bass hunt swimming with the tide, but the reality is the opposite. Artificial sandeels such as Redgills and Eddystone’s or similar will cover 90% of the fishing. Want to write for This indicates we may not know all we think we do when it comes to bass sex habits. This uses braid line with a short 8-feet long Fluorocarbon leader and a light jighead between 1/8th ounce for light tidal flow, and up to 1oz or so in faster tides. The phrase some carp men use when hunt carp working tight into the margins is “combat fishing” and this is the perfect description and it applies just as much to close quarter bassing with freelined baits. Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. Summer through to late autumn is the prime time to target them, so take our advice, grab your gear and head out on a bass fishing adventure this summer. Fishing is not just for fun, it is an art and by following these tips, the chances of success should be increased. This capacity can be clearly seen by sponsor splashes on the surface as the bass seize a victim and turn, and by the hordes of screaming and diving terns taking advantage of the chaos. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. Push the two halves up on to the shank and bend of the hook leaving only the hook point clear of the bait, then bind the bait to the hook with some good tight turns of bait elastic. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. Good examples are the Penn range including the Slammer, Spinfisher and Clash, also reels of similar design from Shimano, Daiwa and other companies. From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. If you catch a really big bass we always recommend that you return it as these fish are the breeding stock for the future!. For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. Fluorocarbon snoods will growth catches in shallow, light conditions and, because of the way a bass takes a bait in a 'hit and run" fashion, they are a species that suits the use of circle hooks, which will aid catch and release as well as sensationalism "cheeked" hook holds. You need to find areas in the estuary channels where the seabed is rocky, weedy and with a depth of water over 10-feet. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. Due to their cautious nature anglers fishing for bass also steer clear of hi-visibility line, using clear mainlines and leaders and clear mono or fluorocarbon hook snoods. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern.


Jan 2021: Bass Fishing guest article

All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. Guest post courtesy of Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Bass usually swim into the tide, often pausing to maintain station and “sniff” the water for food scent, sometimes dropping back short distances while still facing the current. This is another good place to trot whole live sandeel and scombroid down with the tide using a light lead just enough to keep the bait up in the water column. A 15lb class 8ft boat rod or lighter spinning blank about 8ft long, but with a stiffish action works well. Want to write a post Recent years have seen bass numbers decline significantly. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. It’s less crucial offshore, but mid-day is less reliable than when the sun’s rays are at a shallower angle on the seas surface during mid-morning and mid-afternoon periods. A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. Contributor guidelines However, due to changing seasonal weather patterns around the UK, resulting in milder winters generally, bass can sometimes stay inshore and feeding right through to Christmas. HARDY SCANDI ROCKET SHOOTING HEAD AND TIP SETWas £64. Look to the mouths of estuaries, immaterial of size, as potential drop holding ground. For any casting also add a shock leader. Other essential items are a ball cap and a good pair of polarised sunglasses which are constitutional for helping you spot fish before they spot you when fishing in daylight. Guest-post Tides that flood in daylight can see reduced numbers of fish, specially if the water is clear. Go large Our friend Austin Goldsmith put us onto this one, and it’s great advice. Bass are often shy biters on rough ground and often you’ll feel a light tap on the rod tip as the bass blows the crab in and out of its mouth almost testing it. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. Contribute to our site The fishing tips that you are share in this post are really helpful for every beginner. Guest blogger guidelines There is no need for a shock leader when using lines over 20lbs as the lead weights used will be less than 3ozs typically and you’re not power casting. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Time of day also plays its part. Serious bass fishing takes time. Other companies such as Tronixpro, Daiwa and Akios do similar reels. These are especially effective in deeper water. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. 2 – To the end of the shock leader tie on another size 6 rolling swivel. For general fishing for bass a 1-3oz or 2-4oz Bass rod about 11’6″ is perfect matched to a light 5000 sized fixed spool reel such as the Penn Slammer or Clash, or a similar Shimano or Daiwa reel. These cookies do not store any ad hominem information. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. They stay until October in the north but can linger as late as Christmas in the south. Guest post by This is when the largest numbers of bass move inshore to feed. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Bassing by attrition is still the best tactic, although modern society’s need for an instant fix means there are very few sea anglers prepared to put in the hours, which is why many quality shore bass are caught by accident. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. For uptide fishing a lighter 2-6oz uptide rod between 9-feet 6inches and 10-feet is perfect. Bass can be caught on smaller neap tides too, but the numbers running the estuaries are usually much less and the likelihood of bigger fish is more remote. Submit post Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. Join BASS The Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society (BASS) is a fishing arrangement dedicated to the conservation of the European sea bass. The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Submit your content Big bass will hit big baits, but baits above the size of a standard small matchbox will see your bites ratio reduce. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. This indicates where a tidal-current washes inshore and on the shingle bank and bass will use these flows of current to search for food out in the deeper water. In really rough seas big bass may again be very close in amongst the breaker if the water is a good 5 to 6-feet of constant depth but are more likely to be 100-yards or more out in deeper water on shallower surf beaches where the undertow from the surf pulls food back out as it’s disturbed from the sand. Submit your content There are rocks out from rough ground beaches close to the surface, likewise on shallow reefs which should always be borne in mind. This scene often occurs when an estuary flanks the beach. Keep tackle carried to an absolute minimum. Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. It seems we can’t find what you’re looking for. Want to contribute to our website Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. Early in the spring, until about mid-June, it’s the presence of peeling shore crab that brings the bass in to the estuary. As a junior I was raised catching bass with my father, and he and his best angling mate were infrangible fanatics. It always pays to add a short 5ft section of 20lb Fluorocarbon line to minimise visual contact between the braid and the fish but also to just give a hint of physical property when playing big fish right under the rod tip. 2 – To the end of the shock leader tie on another size 6 rolling swivel. Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. The best rough ground bass anglers develop the ability to read the beach and to see where the bass will work looking for food. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Any cookies that may not be particularly necessary for the website to function and is used specifically to collect user personal data via analytics, ads, other embedded contents are termed as non-necessary cookies. Initially they travel through the main channel working seed mussel beds and any patches of rocky ground. The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. Set the boat up to drift with the tide flow, cast in an uptide direction letting the jighead sink to the bottom. The worst thing you can do is to keep walking backwards and forrader up and down the shingle or rocks as the fish will see or hear you and vacate the immediate area. Become guest writer At this time, during the first hour of the flood and the hour either side of high water, bass will work very close into the tide line, often in just a couple of feet of water. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. Lure choice will be again down to local preference, depth, conditions and the baitfish present in your area. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. However, the EU wishes to see as much convergence as possible between the EU and UK on bass management and will not presently agree to the UK’s proposed adjustments. Guest posting Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Bass have a spiky dorsal fin which will draw blood, but far more risky to your hands when handing fish are the edges of the gills, which are razor sharp. It is mandatory to procure user consent prior to running these cookies on your website. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. The shingle will usually extend below the average low water line, too. These are the fish you target with freelined baits. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Submit post You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. Therefore very made bass anglers do not cast a set spacing every time. Sponsored post: In short, it’s less easy for the bass to see you!. 2 – To the end of the inject tie on a size 6 swivel. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Live sandeel is highly effective as bass bait when drift fishing and fishing at anchor in to reefs and wrecks. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Contribute to this site Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Get Fishing is the Angling Trust’s campaign to get more people fishing more often. However, due to changing seasonal weather patterns around the UK, resulting in milder winters generally, bass can sometimes stay inshore and feeding right through to Christmas. Submitting a guest post You can do the same with a couple of smaller soft crab, but you don’t need to cut them as they’ll break up a little when being put on the hook. They are common throughout the south-central half of the UK, over the past two decades they have extended their range along the east and west coasts of Scotland and are now caught in growing numbers as far north as Dunnet and from time to time from the beaches in the Orkney Islands. Submit a guest post Bass numbers improve through May, then peak in late June just as the crab peel starts to wane. These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. Fish one on a float along a pier wall or on a leger.


Top Ten Tips for Bass Fishing guest contributor guidelines

Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Lugworms catch school bass on the surf beaches and Irish strands, but do not catch so well over rough ground. Smaller school bass are common around harbours and estuaries. You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. Other good spots are the deeper edges of shallow rising finger reefs running shoreward, small patches of sand amongst rough ground and areas of weed. Sandeels get swept into these and are picked off by bass that sit on the edge of the fast passing current just inside the quieter water on the downside of the bank. Submit blog post Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. Learn how your comment data is pure. Any cookies that may not be particularly necessary for the website to function and is used specifically to collect user personal data via analytics, ads, other embedded contents are termed as non-necessary cookies. This will usually be behind big boulders, or at least try and break up your outline by sitting low behind any tree trunks or old lobster pots washed up on the shore and keep still. An ideal shallow surf bass rod would be rated 2 to 4oz and be between 11ft 6ins and 11ft 9ins in length. - by feel - bass have a super-sensitive lateral line so can sense the slightest change or movement in the water, which is why they are readily targeted for lure fishing. They use the tide to help them travel miles inland. Guest poster wanted Slide the hook trace swivel and crimp assembly up the rig body line until the hook trace comes just tight and crimp the trace swivel in place. It is true that the current very poor state of the stock leaves very little wiggle room to adjust the measures put in place last year. Again, you can also anchor above the reef on the uptide side and fish sandeel and scombroid fish back over the reef with the tide, or cast spinners, surface popping plugs and weighted shads. You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. Freelining really comes in to its own from mid-April through to late June, then again from mid-August to late October when the crab are peeling in good numbers and the bass run through the rocks and boulders pretty much every tide. Grip them hard and lift then from the surf. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. Follow our guide on how to build a surf bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. Fewer anglers troll these days, but trolling lures is just as annihilative this side of the pond as it is in warmer climes. The UK and EU are at loggerheads over bass fishing measures for the remainder of 2021. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). Occasionally, the bass will be choosy and take nothing but 4ins eels, on the next tide they want the bigger 7in eels, rarely will they take eels larger than this. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Join BASS The Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society (BASS) is a fishing arrangement dedicated to the conservation of the European sea bass. This is a guest post by Fishing with one rod and one bait for hours, waiting for the big one to hit the bait, requires dedication, but the rewards can be special. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. One of our most iconic sporting species, bass, are aggressive brine predators bristling with spines and menace. It seems we can’t find what you’re looking for. Become a contributor Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Go large Our friend Austin Goldsmith put us onto this one, and it’s great advice. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. They are common throughout the south-central half of the UK, over the past two decades they have extended their range along the east and west coasts of Scotland and are now caught in growing numbers as far north as Dunnet and from time to time from the beaches in the Orkney Islands. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. The art of freelining is concealment. Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Guest post: This indicates we may not know all we think we do when it comes to bass sex habits. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. Calls to our 0343 number are charged at the same rate as normal landline numbers. Bass exploit every possible opportunity to feed. Guest posts wanted The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. You would expect a typical rough ground bass bite to be a savage rod racking affair. Tackle and TechniqueRods – These days with so many places to fish for bass, each with its own tackle needs and tactics. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Frozen sandeel, lugworm and ragworm, peeler crab and large flapper deadbaits all suit the static-bait way of fishing. Submit an article During gales some big bass will come to feed inside the smaller estuaries. Write for us For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. Submit post As they are less fussy when it comes to taking baits and more common than larger bass they generally make up the majority of catches. Get a soft actioned blank and you struggle to set the hook properly in the bass’s jaw when the line comes tight. Don’t forget float gear too, great for ragworm or live sandeel fishing over broken ground. Also good are obvious depressions in the sand where the tide has scoured out shallow holes. Publish your guest post In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. - by scent using their flared nostrils as receptors across their head – this is how so many bass are caught on static deadbaits like peeler crab and mackerel. Atwo-hook Pennell rig can also be an advantage for larger squid or crab baits. Guest blogger Don’t be afraid to use big baits. These are especially effective in deeper water. Guest post guidelines Never rule out full daylight, but ideally you need to be fishing on the more overcast days, better still if it’s drizzling or raining, the water carries just a hint of colour and a light breeze roughens up the seas surface to inhibit light sexual relation. However, sometimes the bass work in an eccentric manner and demand lighting fixture orange, bright yellow, or luminous green. Submit post Don’t forget to check out the weather forecast and sea temperatures too. Publish your guest post Good examples are the Penn range including the Slammer, Spinfisher and Clash, also reels of similar design from Shimano, Daiwa and other companies. Big bass can show up anywhere, but good areas are the North Foreland of Kent, the Sussex coast, rough ground in Devon and Cornwall, the Bristol Channel, and peculiarly the west coast of Wales. This is a guest post by Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. A 5000-7000 sized multiplier will pair nicely with any 6lb to 20lb class outfit, and use fixed spool reels for spinning, which aren’t rung for multiplier use. This, along with stormproof bass areas, has seen the fishing there improve dramatically, with many in the UK seeing the Irish model as a way to restore British bass stocks. There are rocks out from rough ground beaches close to the surface, likewise on shallow reefs which should always be borne in mind. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). Don’t forget float gear too, great for ragworm or live sandeel fishing over broken ground. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. Other worm baits like ragworms and maddies catch bass in surf, although these are more likely to attract flounders. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. 4 – To the end of the swivel tied to the shock leader, tie on 15-inches of 20/25lb Fluorocarbon or clear mono to form the hook length. Another option, and often a good one, is to use a Fluorocarbon mainline. Begin considering ground very close inshore first. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. Submit article Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. Guest article Bass are renowned as efficacious fighting fish and battling one on a properly balanced bass rod can provide great sport. Bass are a highly sought after fish, and bass angling attracts some of Britain’s most committed anglers due to the warring qualities and high reputation of this striking looking fish. Any turns by the boat with lures still trolling can produce fearsome tangles. Accepting guest posts Before fishing find out what tactics suit your area and advert to keep it simple. Dawn and dusk periods are prime when working ground close to shore. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. Occasionally, the bass will be choosy and take nothing but 4ins eels, on the next tide they want the bigger 7in eels, rarely will they take eels larger than this. 15lb to 20lb mono and a shock leader complete the outfit. If you prefer the easiness of a fixed spool reel, look at reels in sizes 5500 or 060 sizes holding around 250 to 300-yards of 15lb line. If you keep quiet and out of sight, bass will be almost at your feet. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. Bass usually swim into the tide, often pausing to maintain station and “sniff” the water for food scent, sometimes dropping back short distances while still facing the current. Submit an article You’ll know the fish is beaten only when it wallows and thrashes on the surface. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. Frozen sandeel, lugworm and ragworm, peeler crab and large flapper deadbaits all suit the static-bait way of fishing. Guest posters wanted first cast short and then sit and wait. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. The bass are usually just down tide of the wreck when the tide is flowing strongly, or in amongst the wreck when the tide is slack. Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. Bass can be caught throughout the year south of a line drawn roughly between Cumbria and North Yorkshire, but in the far north of Scotland, the season tends to be late June through to late October, in general tongued. They are funded by the Environment Agency from fishing licence income. The best tides are the building middle sized tides through to the very biggest spring tides. School bass can be caught passim the year, these being bass up to about 2lbs in weight or so, but adult bass fresh from spawning show first towards the end of March in the south, but more likely in the middle of April in Wales and off Essex, and then on the East Anglian coast by the end of April or beginning of May. You can also trot small live mackerel, pollack and pouting down into the wreck and this is highly rough-and-ready. Tackle and TechniqueRods – These days with so many places to fish for bass, each with its own tackle needs and tactics. To one end tie on a Gemini lead link. The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. Guest post: An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. Email: contact@britishseafishing. Commercial restrictions have included bans on specifically targeting bass, an enforced closed season during bass spawning times and reductions in the amount of ineluctable bass bycatch they can retain. Typically, though, in ideal surf conditions and depending on depth, the bass will be from 20-yards to 80-yards out, but often working a precise band of water a set distance offshore. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours.


2020 – 2021 Regulations for Recreational Bass Fishing guest-post

Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. Now simply flick the wrist in an upward then downward motion to lift and drop the rod tip allowing the jighead to ab initio lift, then fall back to tap the seabed. A far better estuary technique is vertical jigging using conventionalized sandeel and small fish imitators. Guest-blogger WHERE TO CATCH BASSEach choice has its own methods and best times. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. Over rocky ground an accurate plop into a gulley can put your bait in front of fish, and a knowledge of the low-tide terrain is a big advantage, so check it out. Of late, Luce Bay has also produced some bigger fish from the rougher ground. Contribute to our site Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax seem to be Britain's favourite sea fish! So here we define how to catch this top predator and what rod, baits and rigs will tame bigger specimens. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Sponsored post by Learn how your comment data is pure. Suggest a post As a junior I was raised catching bass with my father, and he and his best angling mate were infrangible fanatics. As the waves push forward, any displaced food items get washed into the gutters and stay there. Guest author Big bass will hit big baits, but baits above the size of a standard small matchbox will see your bites ratio reduce. A long fish with alluring silver metallic-looking scales, a tail like a shovel, sharp gill plates and a spine-loaded dorsal fin – the bass is probably the most attractive of our fish. Guest poster wanted For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. However, some knowledgeable bass anglers have witnessed large adult bass behaving in a enculturation manner in shallow water at the heads of estuaries in the mid May period. Casting a lugworm or peeler crab bait into a raging surf spawned the classic surf bass rod, and it is the Irish surf strands that are famed for this. Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. Guest contributor guidelines Bass can be caught throughout the year south of a line drawn roughly between Cumbria and North Yorkshire, but in the far north of Scotland, the season tends to be late June through to late October, in general tongued. They are funded by the Environment Agency from fishing licence income. If your first two casts to say 80yds do not produce, then start dropping each resultant cast 10yds less each time until you find the fish. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. Contributing writer 5 – To the hook trace swivel tie on 20-inches of 30lb Fluorocarbon line, alternatively clear mono. Become a guest blogger Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. My father’s tactic was to ambush the bass, and he had a series of different spots he would move to on the different states of tide. These are hard lures, generally made out of plastic, and can be floating or diving in design. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. Submit an article In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. That said, with the sliding swivel, a cautious bass can be allowed to pull line freely through the sliding swivel without fully feeling the lead weight. 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. During gales some big bass will come to feed inside the smaller estuaries. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. As a fish takes, the tip simply gets heavier. You will also feel the pressure on the line fall slack. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. In a good surf and straw-colored water, bass can be caught in daylight, but generally, the best of the fishing will be in the hours of darkness. Bass are a shoal species and when small can be suicidal, but once over 2-3lb they are far less likely to be caught in numbers. 3 – Holding the hook in your left hand, opening with one side of the cut body slide the bait over the hook point and round the bend of the hook and up the shank. Be careful when unhooking a bass as the spiky first dorsal fin and sharp gill covers are capable of piercing or cutting skin. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. Guest contributor guidelines At the start of 2021 it appears that the same regulations which were in place for 2020 will speak into the new year. Their range extends along the Atlantic coastline of France, Spain and Portugal and along parts of the north coast of Africa. Inshore bass are somewhat different - all year round they will feed on shellfish, crabs, marine worms and any smaller fishes that happen to be in the wrone place at the right time!Because bass quite happily frequent inshore marks, they are accessible to small boats as well as bigger charter style vessels, although bass do love tide and this will pose some  safety issues for small craft. Guest posts wanted Time of day also plays its part. Aim to keep the sandeel a few feet up off the seabed or wreck for the bass to rise and intercept as they pass by. Make sure you vary your retrieve rate too, an erratic retrieve of sandeel imitations replicates the movement of the real eel perfectly!. Big bass over 6lbs will hug the seabed and thump the rod tip hard as they power for the snags. We take a look at the areas, tactics and tackle requirements for communicable these true leviathans from the boat and shore. Submit guest post Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. This capacity can be clearly seen by sponsor splashes on the surface as the bass seize a victim and turn, and by the hordes of screaming and diving terns taking advantage of the chaos. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. Those anglers not into fish at this time should slowly retrieve their eels back towards the boat.   That's why we recommend SMITH Rods as they have a light yet stiff rod tip to be able to cast small lures or baits bit have a progressive enough action to be able to bully the fish home - this is especially large if you are intending to release the fish!. Contributing writer But while the impact of the proposals for commercialised fishing are not known the proposal to adjust the bag limit for recreational fishing has been assessed to result in no additive deathrate compared to the existing bag limit of two fish per day for nine months of the year. Submitting a guest post The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. The southern counties have had bass fisheries dating back many years, and many south coast ports now have all year round fishing, but each year as spring approaches and the water temperature increases, bass shoals make their way northwards up both our east and west coastlines. The classic bass rig for rough ground is the simple running leger, a fluctuation of which is the running paternoster or the one-hook fixed paternoster. The UK’s other planned adjustments include increasing the bycatch allowance for some forms of commercial fishing (so fish presently being discarded can be landed) and allowing commercial netting from the shore to land bass – exact details of the latter subject matter have not yet been made clear. Guest contributor guidelines Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. This is a guest post by A shortage of bass over 5lb could be something to do with their extremely slow growth rate. The first of the flood as it pushes across the sand is often the hot time. Lure choice will be again down to local preference, depth, conditions and the baitfish present in your area. They will take all manner of bait, but their feeding predominantly follows a pattern. Therefore, the bass specimen hunter will need a variety of rods in his armoury to be able to fish a variety of locations and conditions. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. Some bass can also sport a dark spot on the gill cover. Bass in particular, prove highly vulnerable to worked lures. Again, you can also anchor above the reef on the uptide side and fish sandeel and scombroid fish back over the reef with the tide, or cast spinners, surface popping plugs and weighted shads. However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. Guest posts Related article: Europe’s Bass – A Species on the Edge of Collapse?. Big bass can show up anywhere, but good areas are the North Foreland of Kent, the Sussex coast, rough ground in Devon and Cornwall, the Bristol Channel, and peculiarly the west coast of Wales. Crab is the number one bait over rough ground as it is exactly what the bass are looking for. Bass can still be caught on the ebb tide as they run out of the estuary, but they are cautious of being cut off and tend to work the edges of the deeper main channel as they drop back, and especially like areas where surf is evident as it breaks over shallowing sandbanks on the seaward side. Submit a guest post Early in the spring, until about mid-June, it’s the presence of peeling shore crab that brings the bass in to the estuary. Guest posting guidelines Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). Become a guest blogger Small neaps rarely give bass the opportunity. The exception to the clean sand rule is the shallow sandbank that deflects the tide. Put the biggest ones back! Make sure you adhere to the latest rules on retaining bass and, if you choose to keep a fish, make sure it’s over the current 42cm minimum. Bass exploit every possible opportunity to feed. To the eye of this second snap link swivel tie on 5-feet of 40/60lb clear Fluorocarbon. The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Accepting guest posts Ideal ground would be boulders, weed beds, small rocky peaks a few feet high that suffer some tidal run, or a definite drop-off area from very shallow to slightly deeper water. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. Small neaps rarely give bass the opportunity. The fishing tips that you are share in this post are really helpful for every beginner. Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. Learn how your comment data is pure. Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Guest posting rules Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Become a contributor Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. Become guest writer RIGS FOR BASS  From running leger to pulley. Bassing by attrition is still the best tactic, although modern society’s need for an instant fix means there are very few sea anglers prepared to put in the hours, which is why many quality shore bass are caught by accident. Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax seem to be Britain's favourite sea fish! So here we define how to catch this top predator and what rod, baits and rigs will tame bigger specimens.


Get the latest from Sea Angler submit content

This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. RIGS FOR BASS  From running leger to pulley. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. It seems we can’t find what you’re looking for. Sponsored post If this doesn’t work, then cast as far as you possibly can. Dawn or dusk Early or late is always prime time for bass so maximise your chances and make sure you fish when they are most likely to feed. Line long suit needs be no more than 12 to 15lbs, though some anglers prefer to load with 20lb braid. The British record shore caught bass was a 19lb fish caught from Dover Breakwater in 1988. Dawn or dusk Early or late is always prime time for bass so maximise your chances and make sure you fish when they are most likely to feed. They will work around the mouths of estuaries and over inshore rough ground in only a few feet of water. Submit an article Bass are often shy biters on rough ground and often you’ll feel a light tap on the rod tip as the bass blows the crab in and out of its mouth almost testing it. Bass are common to a range of different venues, and although the short cast theme is continuous, no single bass fishing bait or tactic will catch everywhere. Guest contributor guidelines Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. Lure fishing for bass is usually done from rock marks that give access to deep water where bass are likely to be hunting and feeding, although piers, steep beaches, estuaries and harbours can all produce this species to lures. Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. Landings limits in 2021 will provisionally stay the same until further notice into the new year, once annual negotiations for 2021 have been completed, and any exploit steps to be taken at UK level to take any changes into account have taken place. Use just a few turns of elastic to secure the legs to the shank of the hook. Fishing with one rod and one bait for hours, waiting for the big one to hit the bait, requires dedication, but the rewards can be special. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. Fluorocarbon snoods will growth catches in shallow, light conditions and, because of the way a bass takes a bait in a 'hit and run" fashion, they are a species that suits the use of circle hooks, which will aid catch and release as well as sensationalism "cheeked" hook holds. The season starts at the outset of April and coincides with the first real flush of the peeling crab. 4 – To the end of the swivel tied to the shock leader, tie on 15-inches of 20/25lb Fluorocarbon or clear mono to form the hook length. Bass use this fast running tide to push sandeel shoals up against and make them easier to pick off. Contributor guidelines You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. Crimp the Shield in place 2-inches above the lead link. It always pays to add a short 5ft section of 20lb Fluorocarbon line to minimise visual contact between the braid and the fish but also to just give a hint of physical property when playing big fish right under the rod tip. However, recent years have seen a number of large bass caught and it was thought that this record would soon be broken. It always pays to add a short 5ft section of 20lb Fluorocarbon line to minimise visual contact between the braid and the fish but also to just give a hint of physical property when playing big fish right under the rod tip. The bass, now shoaled up and numbering anything from a dozen fish to hundreds, make frequent raids into the panicking sandeels a few fish at a time. They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. These occasions are rare but emphasise the need to carry a range of colours. To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. For all shallow water fishing you nothing more than a single large swivel. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. There is only one hook to really trust, the Mustad Viking 79515. Large baits are essential, and a hook size of 3/0 upwards is suitable for baits like a peeler crab or mackerel fillet, with a 6/0 the hook for a mackerel head or a live fish. Suggest a post For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. It’s up to the helmsman to take turns and course alterations very wide and slow. The best marks of all are reefs, sooner shallow reefs, that are connected to the shore. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. To the eye of this second snap link swivel tie on 5-feet of 40/60lb clear Fluorocarbon. The British record shore caught bass was a 19lb fish caught from Dover Breakwater in 1988. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. As for lure fishing, bass will take all manner of surface, mid-water and bottom lures including spinners, plugs, jellyworms, shads, eels and small pirks. Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. Guest-post Live sandeel is highly effective as bass bait when drift fishing and fishing at anchor in to reefs and wrecks. What happens is that bass herd sandeels on to the top of the reef and hold them there by staying below and downtide of them. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. The best marks of all are reefs, sooner shallow reefs, that are connected to the shore. Contribute to our site Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. The crab is a time-tested food supply and it’s no surprise that once the crab start to show, it’s only a couple of weeks before the bass are in and their numbers building quickly. The phrase some carp men use when hunt carp working tight into the margins is “combat fishing” and this is the perfect description and it applies just as much to close quarter bassing with freelined baits. This turned out to be the case when a bass of 19lb 11oz 12dr was caught on a Sandown Pier on the Isle of Wight by local angler Steve Caves who used a full squid bait on a size 6/0 hook. Sandeels get swept into these and are picked off by bass that sit on the edge of the fast passing current just inside the quieter water on the downside of the bank. Join BASS The Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society (BASS) is a fishing arrangement dedicated to the conservation of the European sea bass. Choose a longer type about 8-feet in length with a fairly fast action and power in the middle section and butt to work fish back against a fast tide run, also to set the hook at long range. Visit the government’s website for the latest guidance ». Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. The exception to the clean sand rule is the shallow sandbank that deflects the tide. It seems we can’t find what you’re looking for. The spiral is best having the best streamlined shape and are less conspicuous. Be impatient We love Rapalas in green, blue and silver and Clouser Minnows and sandeels in chartreuse and white livery but keep ringing the changes in terms of lure or fly size and colour. Bass will also tolerate some fresh water from the hills but will not stay inside the estuaries if the water is very acidic after major rainfall and behavior therapy. Submit content Commercial restrictions have included bans on specifically targeting bass, an enforced closed season during bass spawning times and reductions in the amount of ineluctable bass bycatch they can retain. To the end slide on a 5mm bead and add a single size 2/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. Looking for guest posts This can be fished all day without fatigue, has the option to be cast longer distances, can be used over wrecks or inshore reefs, has the length to play fish that try to get under the boat, but equally has the power to target bigger fish in fast tides. Submit a guest post Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. These areas will always see bass quarter them thoroughly at the appropriate stage of the tide. Steep-to beaches can also fish very well for bass immediately after a storm when the sea remains rough, but the wind has dropped. Bass are often shy biters on rough ground and often you’ll feel a light tap on the rod tip as the bass blows the crab in and out of its mouth almost testing it. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. For all shallow water fishing you nothing more than a single large swivel. Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. 3 – To the end of the Fluorocarbon tie on a Gemini Lead Link to take the weight. For all shallow water fishing you nothing more than a single large swivel. They are common throughout the south-central half of the UK, over the past two decades they have extended their range along the east and west coasts of Scotland and are now caught in growing numbers as far north as Dunnet and from time to time from the beaches in the Orkney Islands. Contributing writer Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. This needs to be a dark colour to match the seabed when fishing in daylight. This, along with stormproof bass areas, has seen the fishing there improve dramatically, with many in the UK seeing the Irish model as a way to restore British bass stocks. Big bass can show up anywhere, but good areas are the North Foreland of Kent, the Sussex coast, rough ground in Devon and Cornwall, the Bristol Channel, and peculiarly the west coast of Wales. - by feel - bass have a super-sensitive lateral line so can sense the slightest change or movement in the water, which is why they are readily targeted for lure fishing. Big bass are said to be difficult to catch, yet record-breakers are so often fluked by gross novices. These are especially effective in deeper water. 5knots of speed is usually the optimum for taking bass, go faster and strikes fall away. Become a contributor They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. Guest post policy 1 – On to your leader slide on a size 6 rolling swivel followed by a black size 5mm plastic bead. The best rough ground bass anglers develop the ability to read the beach and to see where the bass will work looking for food. The best rough ground bass anglers develop the ability to read the beach and to see where the bass will work looking for food. Bass usually swim into the tide, often pausing to maintain station and “sniff” the water for food scent, sometimes dropping back short distances while still facing the current. At low water, look for small finger reefs that run inwards up the beach. In short, it’s less easy for the bass to see you!. This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches.


Britishseafishing.co.uk submit guest post

This post was written by Choose a longer type about 8-feet in length with a fairly fast action and power in the middle section and butt to work fish back against a fast tide run, also to set the hook at long range. Another good spot is where a smaller estuary bottlenecks and narrows forming a fast moving current. Want to write a post Bass bites are usually strong – either a slack liner or the rod dragged over. Further north it’s usually late May on that sees the fish really worth fishing for. Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. Contribute to this site The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. A tactic I’ve used many times on rough ground backed by shingle is what military snipers call “the grave”. In warm winters jejune bass will stay in the estuary mouths and work the next surf beaches continually. Submit guest post As the waves push forward, any displaced food items get washed into the gutters and stay there. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. Good reel choices are Penn 525Mag’s due to their strong gearing. Publish your guest post Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. It is ideal for fishing weighted shads and sandeel imitators and is also good for presenting fresh small live fish in a natural manner such as sandeel and scombroid fish. Another good spot is where a smaller estuary bottlenecks and narrows forming a fast moving current. Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. In all these situations depth is not important from the bass’s point of view. These are natural edges that will trap food as the tide floods in. As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. However, if you can fish with a 2oz to 2. Guest poster wanted A long fish with alluring silver metallic-looking scales, a tail like a shovel, sharp gill plates and a spine-loaded dorsal fin – the bass is probably the most attractive of our fish. JUST ARRIVED:HARDY ULTRALITE LL SINGLE HANDED FLY RODPrice £699. Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. These are the fish you target with freelined baits. Any cookies that may not be particularly necessary for the website to function and is used specifically to collect user personal data via analytics, ads, other embedded contents are termed as non-necessary cookies. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. Submitting a guest post Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. If possible, try to choose tides that begin to flood fully in the dark. Guest posting rules This is a bass horizontal in towards you after taking the bait. Cocktail baits are therefore generally avoided and something natural looking such as a head-hooked ragworm, a sandeel or a full peeler crab are the most popular baits. Experienced bass anglers will tell you they can often be stood on the tide line and watch bass just a few feet away from them working through the boulders, dorsal or tail fin right out of the water, forgetful to the angler nearby. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. Many anglers see bass as a predator which hunts down smaller fish. Bass range as far south as the Mediterranean and the North African coast, but also north to rebel Norway. School bass will feed on worms, crab or fish while older fish are extremely selective about the bait they will take and can prove a challenge for even the most well-educated and experienced angler to catch. They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. Submitting a guest post This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. The East coast now has a sustainable summer bass fishery, and South Wales produces bass fishing that can only be represented as spectacular! Never the less our most tillable bass fishing can be found along the South coast including English Channel ports based in the mid- East-English Channel, and of course around the Channel Islands. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. Some anglers like to use a heavier 40lb braid on the fixed spool reel, as the braid does not stretch and gives slightly better bite detection, but what they forget is that if you feel the bass, the bass feels you and braid can result in dropped baits when fishing at close range. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. Suggest a post We take a look at the areas, tactics and tackle requirements for communicable these true leviathans from the boat and shore. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. Again, add the short 8-foot section of Fluorocarbon so the fish do not see the braid in clear water. In short, it’s less easy for the bass to see you!. This puts the fat juice-filled head of the lug’s body at the hook point. David Mitchell, Head of Sea Angling, shares his views on the ongoing negotiations between the government and the EU. This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. Large baits are essential, and a hook size of 3/0 upwards is suitable for baits like a peeler crab or mackerel fillet, with a 6/0 the hook for a mackerel head or a live fish. Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. Guest posters wanted For all shallow water fishing you nothing more than a single large swivel. Those that persevere through these tough conditions can sometimes be rewarded by good catches providing they have the casting ability to reach the deeper water. Guest column Be safe Whether you fish from a boat or from the shore make sure you do so safely. They use the tide to help them travel miles inland. Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. 7 – Above the 5mm bead tie on a stop knot from 14lb Powergum to act as a bait stop. Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. Articles wanted   That's why we recommend SMITH Rods as they have a light yet stiff rod tip to be able to cast small lures or baits bit have a progressive enough action to be able to bully the fish home - this is especially large if you are intending to release the fish!. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. Guest post policy ■ Landing bass: In most situations you can use the waves to help you beach your bass, but don’t drag it on the hook snood alone – use the waves and then pick the fish up once it is grounded, or use a net. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. With time the bass angler will build up a picture of bass movement on the venues being fished, along with the best time to fish. Guest posting rules Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. This turned out to be the case when a bass of 19lb 11oz 12dr was caught on a Sandown Pier on the Isle of Wight by local angler Steve Caves who used a full squid bait on a size 6/0 hook. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Pick a bass up safely by its mouth, or draw it gently over a flattened-out palm of the hand. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. This is reliable and will not damage the fish in any way prior to unhooking and backward. Good reel choices are Penn 525Mag’s due to their strong gearing. Guest post Our experts have pulled unitedly their suggested bass fishing tackle for you to browse. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. Bass have big mouths and are greedy fish. They can also be caught inside major estuaries by anchoring in the main channel and uptiding with crab, worm and squid baits. Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. Push the two halves up on to the shank and bend of the hook leaving only the hook point clear of the bait, then bind the bait to the hook with some good tight turns of bait elastic. Blog for us Immediately the tides start to fall back towards neaps the numbers of bass fall inshore and you’re fishing to a much reduced audience. You need to walk uptide maybe 50 to 100yds until you find the actual seabed feature. You will always see the bite via the lift and alteration of the line first. Spinners in chrome colouring like ABU Toby’s, Dexter Wedges and any sandeel or fish look alike can work at times, usually during bright sunlight. Guest posting rules To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. You can do the same with a couple of smaller soft crab, but you don’t need to cut them as they’ll break up a little when being put on the hook. A 10lb bass is likely to be 20 years old, and returning the large fish – something I have been advocating for years – is now accepted as the best conservation utilisation for the species. Submitting a guest post If your first two casts to say 80yds do not produce, then start dropping each resultant cast 10yds less each time until you find the fish. The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. The phrase some carp men use when hunt carp working tight into the margins is “combat fishing” and this is the perfect description and it applies just as much to close quarter bassing with freelined baits. Follow our guide on how to build an estuary bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. To one end tie on a Gemini lead link. Sandeel is another good surf bait for bass, either used as whole small sandeel with the head and tail cut off and simply threaded over and up the hook, then bound with bait elastic for security. 15lb to 20lb mono and a shock leader complete the outfit. The best presentation is to use crabs about the size of a 50p piece, remove all the body shell, cut the bait halfway into the body, then thread the body around the hook shank then secure with bait elastic to form a rough sausage shape. Bass do have a feeding hierarchy and on many business the larger adult fish do choose to feed before or after the mass of juvenile fish. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder.


Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society guest posts wanted

The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. It’s not localised sport either. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. However, from mid-May onwards, and especially from mid-June when the crab peel falls away, the bass will move on to a fresh fish diet targeting sandeels and smaller fish. Suggest a post Steep-to beaches can also fish very well for bass immediately after a storm when the sea remains rough, but the wind has dropped. Smaller school bass are common around harbours and estuaries. This also seems to be when there is a definite increase in the chances of a bigger 10lb plus fish being caught. School bass will feed on worms, crab or fish while older fish are extremely selective about the bait they will take and can prove a challenge for even the most well-educated and experienced angler to catch. Contributing writer The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. Live sandeel is highly effective as bass bait when drift fishing and fishing at anchor in to reefs and wrecks. Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. Suggest a post This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. They stay until October in the north but can linger as late as Christmas in the south. If you fish for bass you really should consider joining!. Never rule out full daylight, but ideally you need to be fishing on the more overcast days, better still if it’s drizzling or raining, the water carries just a hint of colour and a light breeze roughens up the seas surface to inhibit light sexual relation. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Follow our guide on how to build a surf bass fishing rig in our sea fishing rigs section. To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. The fishing tips that you are share in this post are really helpful for every beginner. Guest post: Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Related article: Europe’s Bass – A Species on the Edge of Collapse?. Guest posts wanted These are hard lures, generally made out of plastic, and can be floating or diving in design. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. Guest-blogger We take a look at the areas, tactics and tackle requirements for communicable these true leviathans from the boat and shore. For really rough ground the pulley rig, shown right, is a favourite. Bass numbers improve through May, then peak in late June just as the crab peel starts to wane. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. Read more about plug fishing for bass by clicking here. 4 – The best hook is a Mustad Viking 79515 size 4/0. Once you know and understand the ground composition you are looking for, the method is easy. Guest post guidelines In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. You would expect a typical rough ground bass bite to be a savage rod racking affair. Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax seem to be Britain's favourite sea fish! So here we define how to catch this top predator and what rod, baits and rigs will tame bigger specimens. The crab is a time-tested food supply and it’s no surprise that once the crab start to show, it’s only a couple of weeks before the bass are in and their numbers building quickly. Cocktail baits are therefore generally avoided and something natural looking such as a head-hooked ragworm, a sandeel or a full peeler crab are the most popular baits. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. Want to write an article 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. Guest author The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. Diving plugs can also be excellent, but colour comes in to play with silver and black the best. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. Smaller school bass are common around harbours and estuaries. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. This will change as water depth deepens and shallows as the tide floods in. Current bass authorisations continue to be valid, please continue to refer to the Bass Fishing Guidance 2020. Frozen sandeel is a good estuary bait. To the eye of this second snap link swivel tie on 5-feet of 40/60lb clear Fluorocarbon. Again, you can also anchor above the reef on the uptide side and fish sandeel and scombroid fish back over the reef with the tide, or cast spinners, surface popping plugs and weighted shads. In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. Bass wait in numbers at the mouth or bar of our smaller estuaries and will move in as soon as the new tide starts to push. To the eye of this second snap link swivel tie on 5-feet of 40/60lb clear Fluorocarbon. To the end of the hook length tie on a size 4/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook, or similar Viking type pattern from Sakuma or Varivas. The Talk Sea Fishing How To Catch Guide on brill fishing. Crab, crab, crab and crab is the straight answer! Shore peeler crab is the main bait as this is what the bass come into the rocks and creeks looking for. The season starts at the outset of April and coincides with the first real flush of the peeling crab. Ignore the rod tip as a bite indicator. Longer rods keep the lines apart when several people are troll on the same boat. Don’t overcast Bass are disreputable for striking close in, very close, so make sure you search out the water under your feet, even if it is shallow. The phrase some carp men use when hunt carp working tight into the margins is “combat fishing” and this is the perfect description and it applies just as much to close quarter bassing with freelined baits. However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. uk/government/publications/bass-industry-guidance-2020 Please note that the National Lockdown rules may prohibit certain leisure activities. Do you want to support BASS? You can donate securely online and help support our saving work for more and bigger bass. If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Submit a guest post Tides are vitally important! Bass tend to work a surf beach from low water and for the first two hours of the new flood, then typically cease for the middle hours of the flood but return for the final hour before high water and sometimes stay for the first hour of the ebb. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. The minimum landing size of bass was also increased from 36cm to 42cm. School bass can be caught passim the year, these being bass up to about 2lbs in weight or so, but adult bass fresh from spawning show first towards the end of March in the south, but more likely in the middle of April in Wales and off Essex, and then on the East Anglian coast by the end of April or beginning of May. For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. Match this to a heavier duty multiplier such as the PENN 525Mag 3, or a similar reel. Always the best fishing will be on the tides that fall in the three days prior to the biggest tide of all. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Of late, Luce Bay has also produced some bigger fish from the rougher ground. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. This record was itself broken by John Stephenson who caught a bass of 19lb 12oz at Portsmouth Docks on a frozen sandeel bait. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. 5 – To the hook trace swivel tie on 20-inches of 30lb Fluorocarbon line, alternatively clear mono. In warm winters jejune bass will stay in the estuary mouths and work the next surf beaches continually. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Bass are renowned as efficacious fighting fish and battling one on a properly balanced bass rod can provide great sport. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. Bassing by attrition is still the best tactic, although modern society’s need for an instant fix means there are very few sea anglers prepared to put in the hours, which is why many quality shore bass are caught by accident. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. This will change as water depth deepens and shallows as the tide floods in. Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. To one end tie on a Gemini lead link. Contributor guidelines Another option, and often a good one, is to use a Fluorocarbon mainline. Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Add a few turns of bait elastic around the head for casting security. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. These are especially effective in deeper water. The eel must swim slimly with the tide and across it. The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook.


Distribution submit article

Freelining also works when casting along the edges of weed covered estuary sides and into shallow emptying creeks, again during the flooding tide. Always the best fishing will be on the tides that fall in the three days prior to the biggest tide of all. Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. Either steady retrieve the shads at slow to medium pace, or better still, bounce the shads along the seabed on the retrieve which can be deadly for the bigger fish. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. The only criteria here is of boat and crew safety. Casting inside 50 yards is essential, and on occasions even 12 yards can be enough. Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. The best marks of all are reefs, sooner shallow reefs, that are connected to the shore. Contribute to this site [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. Looking for guest posts Bass in particular, prove highly vulnerable to worked lures. Submitting a guest post 1 – On to the mainline, slide on a Pulley Rig bead, then a 5mm black bead. Worm baits generally, tend to catch the smaller fish. It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. The alternative more heavy-duty outfit is to go for a European style rod between 14 and 15ft, concerted with a 7000 or 8000 sized fixed spool reel and load with 30lb braid and use a 60lb braid shock leader knotted using two Grinner knots back to back. Later in the season and into Autumn, a fillet of saltwater fish or bluey, whole squid, soft or peeler crab, also big worm baits will take bass as they feed up for winter. To the end of the hook length tie on a size 4/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook, or similar Viking type pattern from Sakuma or Varivas. You would expect a typical rough ground bass bite to be a savage rod racking affair. A 5000-7000 sized multiplier will pair nicely with any 6lb to 20lb class outfit, and use fixed spool reels for spinning, which aren’t rung for multiplier use. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Freelining really comes in to its own from mid-April through to late June, then again from mid-August to late October when the crab are peeling in good numbers and the bass run through the rocks and boulders pretty much every tide. Guest-blogger To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. Peeler crab can be a good surf bait if you’re fishing close to the rougher ground. Lure fishing for bass is usually done from rock marks that give access to deep water where bass are likely to be hunting and feeding, although piers, steep beaches, estuaries and harbours can all produce this species to lures. Beach bass are not averse to taking a large mackerel or squid bait and, into autumn and early winter, a live pout or whiting. These are the fish you target with freelined baits. This is the place to target bass which will run the spot of shingle and sand. Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. They can be found many miles offshore over wrecks in the English Channel and southern North Sea, on inshore wrecks, on sea sandbanks feeding on sandeels, and especially on shallow water reefs close to shore. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. There is only one hook to really trust, the Mustad Viking 79515. This post was written by Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. A 5000-7000 sized multiplier will pair nicely with any 6lb to 20lb class outfit, and use fixed spool reels for spinning, which aren’t rung for multiplier use. Bass exploit every possible opportunity to feed. Bass live and feed at a range of water depths and can be found in very shallow water if food sources such as peeler crabs, shellfish or worm beds are present there. Submit blog post Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Again, food gets deposited here, and these can often be seen by looking for areas where water holds after the tide has dropped back. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. You start well uptide of the ground you wish to cover and to one side. Learn how your comment data is pure. For uptide fishing a lighter 2-6oz uptide rod between 9-feet 6inches and 10-feet is perfect. A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. 5knots of speed is usually the optimum for taking bass, go faster and strikes fall away. In really rough seas big bass may again be very close in amongst the breaker if the water is a good 5 to 6-feet of constant depth but are more likely to be 100-yards or more out in deeper water on shallower surf beaches where the undertow from the surf pulls food back out as it’s disturbed from the sand. If you do need longer range to reach rough ground, then add a 30 or 40lb leader for leads up to 4ozs and increase the line used to make the rig line to the lead weight appropriately. For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. Contribute to this site Necessary cookies are dead essential for the website to function by rights. The peak tides are those the three days before the very biggest tide. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Contribute to this site Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. Submit content The East coast now has a sustainable summer bass fishery, and South Wales produces bass fishing that can only be represented as spectacular! Never the less our most tillable bass fishing can be found along the South coast including English Channel ports based in the mid- East-English Channel, and of course around the Channel Islands. Become an author Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. Each year we run hundreds of events for all ages and abilities. Now simply flick the wrist in an upward then downward motion to lift and drop the rod tip allowing the jighead to ab initio lift, then fall back to tap the seabed. You have no items in your shopping cart. Use one big peeler or use two smaller ones to form a bait a good 2-inches long. In a good surf and straw-colored water, bass can be caught in daylight, but generally, the best of the fishing will be in the hours of darkness. Want to write for If the lure is trolled swimming slightly into the tide the bass will ignore the lure. In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. Become guest writer To the end slide on a 5mm bead and add a single size 2/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook. They will take all manner of bait, but their feeding predominantly follows a pattern. Bass use three methods of targeting their prey- by sight - they are most prolific in our the shallow waters where the light enables them to see their food most easily. This puts the fat juice-filled head of the lug’s body at the hook point. Guest blogger This is another good place to trot whole live sandeel and scombroid down with the tide using a light lead just enough to keep the bait up in the water column. These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. Looking for guest posts Other lures worth considering are the dummy fish with wagging tails like shads in the larger 6in sizes and Mr Twister lures between 4 and 6ins long. Guest post courtesy of Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. Submit a guest post The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Want to write an article Don’t bully the bass, have faith in the reel drag and drop the rod to the side if the bass tries to run for a known snag out in front of you, which they will try to do, as the sideways rod angle will turn them. Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. Bass use this fast running tide to push sandeel shoals up against and make them easier to pick off. Guest blogger This can happen, but there are many types of rough ground bass bite. Anglers fishing rough weather and in estuaries where the tide run is fast with maybe some floating weed and with big fish in mind, they would choose the 2-4oz bass rod, again 11’6″ in length, married to either a 6000 sized fixed spool reel or a small multiplier such as one from the ABU 6500 series, with Penn 515’s also popular. It is mandatory to procure user consent prior to running these cookies on your website. From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. Guest author The best of the surf bass beaches tend to be shallow, often cut with nonconvergent deeper gutters, and will fully or partially face the prevailing winds. Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. The minimum landing size of bass was also increased from 36cm to 42cm. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. RIGS FOR BASS  From running leger to pulley. Discover why angling is so much fun for the whole family. Again, you can also anchor above the reef on the uptide side and fish sandeel and scombroid fish back over the reef with the tide, or cast spinners, surface popping plugs and weighted shads. Guest author Never rule out full daylight, but ideally you need to be fishing on the more overcast days, better still if it’s drizzling or raining, the water carries just a hint of colour and a light breeze roughens up the seas surface to inhibit light sexual relation. Big bass are said to be difficult to catch, yet record-breakers are so often fluked by gross novices. It is mandatory to procure user consent prior to running these cookies on your website. Become a contributor Bassing by attrition is still the best tactic, although modern society’s need for an instant fix means there are very few sea anglers prepared to put in the hours, which is why many quality shore bass are caught by accident. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. Sponsored post: A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. Guest-blogger Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Guest contributor guidelines Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. Dusk and dawn, as ever, are great times to be fishing, especially if it coincides with low or high water. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. Learn how your comment data is pure. Want to write a post The bass, now shoaled up and numbering anything from a dozen fish to hundreds, make frequent raids into the panicking sandeels a few fish at a time. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Dawn and dusk periods are prime when working ground close to shore. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. Submit an article Registered in England and Wales Company No. Our experts have pulled unitedly their suggested bass fishing tackle for you to browse. For really rough ground the pulley rig, shown right, is a favourite.


Top Ten Tips for Bass Fishing sponsored post

Experienced bass anglers will tell you they can often be stood on the tide line and watch bass just a few feet away from them working through the boulders, dorsal or tail fin right out of the water, forgetful to the angler nearby. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Bass are also normally found along the southeast, southern and southwestern coasts of Ireland, and to a lesser extent along the north coast of Northern Ireland, though again their numbers have shown an increase, peculiarly in Donegal. Contribute to this site Be adaptable Don’t become too stereotypical with your bass fishing. Also good are obvious depressions in the sand where the tide has scoured out shallow holes. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. Lure Fishing for Bass: Lure fishing for bass is also very popular and a whole discipline of angling has emerged with lures, plugs and spinners specifically designed to catch bass. Contributing writer Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. My father’s tactic was to ambush the bass, and he had a series of different spots he would move to on the different states of tide. Lure fishing for bass is an active method of fishing with few aspects of sea fishing around the UK more exciting than seeing a bass launch itself at a plug being drawn across the surface of the water. Bass can still be caught on the ebb tide as they run out of the estuary, but they are cautious of being cut off and tend to work the edges of the deeper main channel as they drop back, and especially like areas where surf is evident as it breaks over shallowing sandbanks on the seaward side. Guest post courtesy of The classic bass rig for rough ground is the simple running leger, a fluctuation of which is the running paternoster or the one-hook fixed paternoster. These have enclosed banning French pair trawlers from targeting bass as they are gathering to spawn in the English Channel and limiting anglers to a bag limit of three bass per day. ■ Pier bass: Catching big bass from a pier is a comparatively modern style and came about because many mackerel anglers headed and gutted their catch before leaving the pier (and some beach and rock marks). Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Bass can be caught on smaller neap tides too, but the numbers running the estuaries are usually much less and the likelihood of bigger fish is more remote. Contribute to our site They are funded by the Environment Agency from fishing licence income. Each year we run hundreds of events for all ages and abilities. On reefs target bass either by trolling artificial sandeels or plugs on the downtide side of the reef at slow speeds up to 2-knots. However, from mid-May onwards, and especially from mid-June when the crab peel falls away, the bass will move on to a fresh fish diet targeting sandeels and smaller fish. Look to the mouths of estuaries, immaterial of size, as potential drop holding ground. Longer rods keep the lines apart when several people are troll on the same boat. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. Writers wanted Experienced bass anglers will tell you they can often be stood on the tide line and watch bass just a few feet away from them working through the boulders, dorsal or tail fin right out of the water, forgetful to the angler nearby. Over this speed consistent catches usually fall away. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. If you want to catch one, Alan Yates has two pieces of advice. For any casting also add a shock leader. Their range extends along the Atlantic coastline of France, Spain and Portugal and along parts of the north coast of Africa. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Looking for guest posts Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. Sponsored post In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. The other legs are left to dangle below the bait to add some movement as the bait washes around. You can also trot small live mackerel, pollack and pouting down into the wreck and this is highly rough-and-ready. These will only last an hour, maybe a little longer, then the bass move off. This category only includes cookies that ensures basic functionalities and security features of the website. The bass are usually just down tide of the wreck when the tide is flowing strongly, or in amongst the wreck when the tide is slack. Venues of mixed ground are home to the bass’s favourite food, crabs. Guest article 3 – To the end of the Fluorocarbon tie on a Gemini Lead Link to take the weight. Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. Become a contributor Over this speed consistent catches usually fall away. This size of bait has the weight in itself to be easily cast 20yds or more. Open water bass in the spring and summer will feed on sandeel. Guest blogger A 10lb bass is likely to be 20 years old, and returning the large fish – something I have been advocating for years – is now accepted as the best conservation utilisation for the species. Smaller school bass are common around harbours and estuaries. Submit guest article They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. The best tides are the building middle sized tides through to the very biggest spring tides. Wear a lifejacket, have an exit strategy from rocks and beaches and make sure you can safely land and return bass from your chosen fishing displace. Want to write a post 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. The Talk Sea Fishing Guide to catching herring, not a common species anglers go out and purposely target but it is great for eating, a decent bait and a nice have on the species list. The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. Alternatively, use a 5000 to 5500 sized fixed spool reel again loading with 20lb mono main line. The peak tides are those the three days before the very biggest tide. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Lead weights will typically be 2ozs to 4ozs and should be grip wires in normal surf conditions. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. Related article: Europe’s Bass – A Species on the Edge of Collapse?. This also seems to be when there is a definite increase in the chances of a bigger 10lb plus fish being caught. Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Over rocky ground an accurate plop into a gulley can put your bait in front of fish, and a knowledge of the low-tide terrain is a big advantage, so check it out. Now simply flick the wrist in an upward then downward motion to lift and drop the rod tip allowing the jighead to ab initio lift, then fall back to tap the seabed. As a fish is hooked it is policy to shout “Fish on”, the helmsman should then shut off power and leave the boat to drift of course with no forward movement while the fish is landed. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Equally fishing a low or high tide in full darkness can also be very powerful under the light of a light sky or moon. For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. The classic bass rig for rough ground is the simple running leger, a fluctuation of which is the running paternoster or the one-hook fixed paternoster. There is no need for a shock leader when using lines over 20lbs as the lead weights used will be less than 3ozs typically and you’re not power casting. If the day is bright, then try to seek out deeper water where the light levels are less intrusive!. Frozen sandeel, lugworm and ragworm, peeler crab and large flapper deadbaits all suit the static-bait way of fishing. Get Fishing is the Angling Trust’s campaign to get more people fishing more often. Freelining also works when casting along the edges of weed covered estuary sides and into shallow emptying creeks, again during the flooding tide. The southern counties have had bass fisheries dating back many years, and many south coast ports now have all year round fishing, but each year as spring approaches and the water temperature increases, bass shoals make their way northwards up both our east and west coastlines. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. School bass can be caught passim the year, these being bass up to about 2lbs in weight or so, but adult bass fresh from spawning show first towards the end of March in the south, but more likely in the middle of April in Wales and off Essex, and then on the East Anglian coast by the end of April or beginning of May. As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. Ragworm also works but is never as tried and true in the surf as lug is. Tie this to the short section of 20lb Fluoro carbon. Just lift the rod and the tightening line sets the hook. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. It is ideal for fishing weighted shads and sandeel imitators and is also good for presenting fresh small live fish in a natural manner such as sandeel and scombroid fish. HARDY SCANDI ROCKET SHOOTING HEAD AND TIP SETWas £64. Longer rods keep the lines apart when several people are troll on the same boat. Many people think bass hunt swimming with the tide, but the reality is the opposite. 1 – On to your leader slide on a size 6 rolling swivel followed by a black size 5mm plastic bead. Those that persevere through these tough conditions can sometimes be rewarded by good catches providing they have the casting ability to reach the deeper water. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Lure choice will be again down to local preference, depth, conditions and the baitfish present in your area. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. A guide to bass fishing from the shore and boat. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. Put your crab in a small pot or bag you can easily carry. This will usually be behind big boulders, or at least try and break up your outline by sitting low behind any tree trunks or old lobster pots washed up on the shore and keep still. With time the bass angler will build up a picture of bass movement on the venues being fished, along with the best time to fish. Something else to take note of is the high tide line, especially on beaches backed by shingle banks. Small neaps rarely give bass the opportunity.


Bass: Recreational Angler Limits from 2016 submit content

Contributing writer Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. After releasing the lure, hold the rod at right angles to the boat and keep the rod tip low to the water. (For Membership enquiries select Option 1). 3 – Now slide on a rig crimp, a 3mm bead, a size 10 rolling swivel, another bead and a crimp. Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Email: contact@britishseafishing. On these deeper beaches, often the ground is relatively clean, but there will be areas further out where fish may collect. Rods are the same 2oz to 4oz rods used for surf fishing and need to be between 11ft 6ins and 11ft 9ins ideally. Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. Don’t forget to check out the weather forecast and sea temperatures too. If this doesn’t work, then cast as far as you possibly can. They are also present end-to-end the whole of the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Live baiting with sandeels, pouting or other small fish is another technique that can get results – especially in places such as piers where these baits can be easily lowered down into the water. Again, bind these baits well with bait elastic for improved casting long suit. Contributing writer Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. These rods are also lighter than a value beach caster allowing them to be held comfortably for long periods of time. 4 – To the end of the swivel tied to the shock leader, tie on 15-inches of 20/25lb Fluorocarbon or clear mono to form the hook length. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Tackle and TechniqueRods – These days with so many places to fish for bass, each with its own tackle needs and tactics. This is a guest post by Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. Remember these will show on the surface downtide of where their actual seabed state is depending on how fast the tide flow is. A number of measures have been put forward to try and restore bass stocks. Trolling requires permanent vigilance. Worm baits generally, tend to catch the smaller fish. These will only last an hour, maybe a little longer, then the bass move off. Over this speed consistent catches usually fall away. Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Initially they travel through the main channel working seed mussel beds and any patches of rocky ground. Any cookies that may not be particularly necessary for the website to function and is used specifically to collect user personal data via analytics, ads, other embedded contents are termed as non-necessary cookies. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. Anglers are now required to fish for bass on a catch and release basis during January, February and December of 2020. Get the latest news on Get Fishing, including 'Take a Friend Fishing', blogs and info on what to expect at Get Fishing events. However, if you can fish with a 2oz to 2. Guest post policy In the winter months they rely on anchovy and sprat. An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. Work the lures 40 to 80-yards away from the stern, but if bites are slow in clear water, let more line out. Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. Discover why angling is so much fun for the whole family. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. The eel must swim slimly with the tide and across it. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. Looking for guest posts Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. Bass will also tolerate some fresh water from the hills but will not stay inside the estuaries if the water is very acidic after major rainfall and behavior therapy. As for mainline – total control is needed when fishing for bass that are feeding tight to the sea bed over sandbanks, reefs and wrecks, so a good 20-30lb braid will help you keep your gear on the bottom while giving maximum bite detection and a quick strike to hook-set speed. Guest contributor guidelines Cut the body halfway through then bend the body around the hook and thread the crab fully on to the shank. Between times prawns, small fish and sandeels are also a target. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Again, the sandeels are worked towards the peak of these pinnacles with the bass below them. This can be fished all day without fatigue, has the option to be cast longer distances, can be used over wrecks or inshore reefs, has the length to play fish that try to get under the boat, but equally has the power to target bigger fish in fast tides. Places to Look – New bass fisheries are popping up all the time and bass can now be caught from around the whole coastline of the UK. Other surf beach features to look out for are areas of small stone or boulders. Peeler crab can be a good surf bait if you’re fishing close to the rougher ground. Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. Tides are vitally important! Bass tend to work a surf beach from low water and for the first two hours of the new flood, then typically cease for the middle hours of the flood but return for the final hour before high water and sometimes stay for the first hour of the ebb. 15lb to 20lb mono and a shock leader complete the outfit. Contributor guidelines The best of the surf bass beaches tend to be shallow, often cut with nonconvergent deeper gutters, and will fully or partially face the prevailing winds. Grip them hard and lift then from the surf.   That's why we recommend SMITH Rods as they have a light yet stiff rod tip to be able to cast small lures or baits bit have a progressive enough action to be able to bully the fish home - this is especially large if you are intending to release the fish!. Guest poster wanted Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. As the waves push forward, any displaced food items get washed into the gutters and stay there. Many anglers take a subtle approach when fishing for bass, using specialist bass rods which allow the initially shy bites of this species to be felt while also retaining the power to cast into the surf. Again, the sandeels are worked towards the peak of these pinnacles with the bass below them. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. Become a guest blogger Any turns by the boat with lures still trolling can produce fearsome tangles. Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. A bass of 10lb or more would be a landmark catch for most anglers, although fish much smaller than this still provide plenty of sport. This rougher ground traps more food and has more hidey holes for crabs and small fish to live in. Contributing writer Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. The big debate is mono or braid line? Braid is often preferred for a couple of reasons. This means that bass can be caught with both lures and bait, although it is worth noting that the largest bass approaching record sizes which anglers catch are almost always caught on bait rather than lures. Submit an article The UK’s other planned adjustments include increasing the bycatch allowance for some forms of commercial fishing (so fish presently being discarded can be landed) and allowing commercial netting from the shore to land bass – exact details of the latter subject matter have not yet been made clear. Lugworm, either blow or black lug, would be the most agreeable bass bait in the surf. Those that persevere through these tough conditions can sometimes be rewarded by good catches providing they have the casting ability to reach the deeper water. Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. Aim to keep the sandeel a few feet up off the seabed or wreck for the bass to rise and intercept as they pass by. Any turns by the boat with lures still trolling can produce fearsome tangles. Good reel choices are Penn 525Mag’s due to their strong gearing. An ideal shallow surf bass rod would be rated 2 to 4oz and be between 11ft 6ins and 11ft 9ins in length. Don’t forget float gear too, great for ragworm or live sandeel fishing over broken ground. Submit article At this time, during the first hour of the flood and the hour either side of high water, bass will work very close into the tide line, often in just a couple of feet of water. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. That said, huge surfs generated by a series of strong onshore winds can still produce fish. JUST ARRIVED:HARDY ULTRALITE LL SINGLE HANDED FLY RODPrice £699. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. Don’t forget to check out the weather forecast and sea temperatures too. Another option, and often a good one, is to use a Fluorocarbon mainline. Submit guest article Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. Articles wanted Get Fishing is the Angling Trust’s campaign to get more people fishing more often. However, some knowledgeable bass anglers have witnessed large adult bass behaving in a enculturation manner in shallow water at the heads of estuaries in the mid May period. Contribute to our site Stagger these distances so that each lure is at a different setting. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. For those that fancy casting a fly for this species – a progressive 8-weight Marryat Sea Bass Saltwater fly rod will do just the trick. 1 – On to your leader slide on a size 6 rolling swivel followed by a black size 5mm plastic bead. Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. Writers wanted Tide is the key to the best fishing, with the early tide generally the top time.


Commercial Value and Declining Bass Numbers guest article

In warm winters jejune bass will stay in the estuary mouths and work the next surf beaches continually. The minimum landing size of bass was also increased from 36cm to 42cm. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. Due to their extra length, these longer rods step-up the speed of the lead weight, which in turn increases casting indifference. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Guest posting rules Like many fish species nowadays, bass numbers have been reduced by commercial pressure and there is concern that both the total numbers and average size of bass are rapidly reducing in UK and European waters. Read more about plug fishing for bass by clicking here. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. RIGS FOR BASS  From running leger to pulley. A bass of 10lb or more would be a landmark catch for most anglers, although fish much smaller than this still provide plenty of sport. The UK’s other planned adjustments include increasing the bycatch allowance for some forms of commercial fishing (so fish presently being discarded can be landed) and allowing commercial netting from the shore to land bass – exact details of the latter subject matter have not yet been made clear. Guest posters wanted Food washed along by the tide gets ambushed by the ever vigilant bass. It’s important to be always in touch with the jighead and feel it actually tap bottom. Suggest a post Other good colours to try are all red, and alignment coloured eels with pale bellies and darker backs. Accepting guest posts The exception to the clean sand rule is the shallow sandbank that deflects the tide. Guest poster wanted Slide the hook trace swivel and crimp assembly up the rig body line until the hook trace comes just tight and crimp the trace swivel in place. The East coast now has a sustainable summer bass fishery, and South Wales produces bass fishing that can only be represented as spectacular! Never the less our most tillable bass fishing can be found along the South coast including English Channel ports based in the mid- East-English Channel, and of course around the Channel Islands. Guest-blogger Mono is okay though, but I’d suggest using one of the better quality Fluorocarbon reel lines in 20lb such as the Berkley Trilene as it’s less easy for the fish to see at such close range. Grip them hard and lift then from the surf. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. This is when the largest numbers of bass move inshore to feed. If you fish for bass you really should consider joining!. Choose either a 9ft 6in spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or go for a full 2-4oz bass rod, but make sure the latter is a very light example as you will be holding it all the time. Get a soft actioned blank and you struggle to set the hook properly in the bass’s jaw when the line comes tight. In all these situations depth is not important from the bass’s point of view. Guest post- This puts the fat juice-filled head of the lug’s body at the hook point. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. Submitting a guest post The Talk Sea Fishing How To Catch Guide on brill fishing. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. Again, add the short 8-foot section of Fluorocarbon so the fish do not see the braid in clear water. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. The art of freelining is concealment. They stay until October in the north but can linger as late as Christmas in the south. These occasions are rare but emphasise the need to carry a range of colours. These will typically be areas of sandbanks or again deeper gutters that form where tidal currents run. This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches. These often have depressions dug out by the tide around them and again collect food. While both sides broadly agree that a rollover of the 2020 measures is indispensable to rebuild the stock, the UK has proposed some ‘adjustments’ to the shared management approach which the EU does not accept. Ideal ground would be boulders, weed beds, small rocky peaks a few feet high that suffer some tidal run, or a definite drop-off area from very shallow to slightly deeper water. Guest article In 2016 this consisted of anglers only being permitted to fish for bass on a catch and release basis only for the first six months of the year and limited to retaining one bass per angler per day for the second half of the year. My father’s tactic was to ambush the bass, and he had a series of different spots he would move to on the different states of tide. Bass are found in the waters of the south and west of the UK all year round, although it may be the smaller immature bass which are present during the colder months. Other good lures are Savage Gear Sandeels, Mr Twister and Powerworm grubs, Redgills, Eddystone eels, Sidewinders and Storm shads. Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. Remember these will show on the surface downtide of where their actual seabed state is depending on how fast the tide flow is. Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. Though the overall numbers were down, the average size of fish was bigger. Guest post Ragworm also works but is never as tried and true in the surf as lug is.   Never the less, many big bass fall over periods of neap tides, and slack water can be a great time to pick up a rogue big fish. Therefore, the bass specimen hunter will need a variety of rods in his armoury to be able to fish a variety of locations and conditions. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. Also note depressions in the stones that hold water as these too, will trap food. Dawn and dusk periods are prime when working ground close to shore. If possible, try to choose tides that begin to flood fully in the dark. Also good are obvious depressions in the sand where the tide has scoured out shallow holes. Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. A shortage of bass over 5lb could be something to do with their extremely slow growth rate. We take a look at the tactics, techniques and locations to catch yourself a brill. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. This is when the largest numbers of bass move inshore to feed. Contributor guidelines The worst thing you can do is to keep walking backwards and forrader up and down the shingle or rocks as the fish will see or hear you and vacate the immediate area. Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax seem to be Britain's favourite sea fish! So here we define how to catch this top predator and what rod, baits and rigs will tame bigger specimens. 15lb to 20lb mono and a shock leader complete the outfit. For bottom fishing, a 12lb class rod is the most normally used, however there will be days and areas where this can be reduced down to a 6lb class. Peeler crab can be a good surf bait if you’re fishing close to the rougher ground. Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. At this time, during the first hour of the flood and the hour either side of high water, bass will work very close into the tide line, often in just a couple of feet of water. This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches. It always pays to add a short 5ft section of 20lb Fluorocarbon line to minimise visual contact between the braid and the fish but also to just give a hint of physical property when playing big fish right under the rod tip. In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. Bass live and feed at a range of water depths and can be found in very shallow water if food sources such as peeler crabs, shellfish or worm beds are present there. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. These are the fish you target with freelined baits. They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. Guest post courtesy of Bright sunshine on surf beaches is rarely good. Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. As the waves push forward, any displaced food items get washed into the gutters and stay there. The Talk Sea Fishing Guide to catching herring, not a common species anglers go out and purposely target but it is great for eating, a decent bait and a nice have on the species list. Guest-blogger Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. Ideal surf conditions, typically produced by steady force two to force five onshore winds, tend to be when the surf tables are wide, not when the surf is short and breaking close together. Use one big peeler or use two smaller ones to form a bait a good 2-inches long. These areas will always see bass quarter them thoroughly at the appropriate stage of the tide. In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. Guest post policy   Never the less, many big bass fall over periods of neap tides, and slack water can be a great time to pick up a rogue big fish. They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. 4 – To the free end of the 60lb line tie on a size 4 rolling swivel. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Follow our guide on how to make a rough ground bass rig in our sea fishing rigs section. [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. Work the lures 40 to 80-yards away from the stern, but if bites are slow in clear water, let more line out. Stagger these distances so that each lure is at a different setting. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. This forms a comparatively small knot that flies through the rod rings easily and proves better than mono in most circumstances. 2 – Use scissors to cut half way in to the body from the middle front of the crab. Sponsored post: Time of day also plays its part. Pick a line that sees the boat pass over the selected ground across, but at a slight downtide angle. Sometimes bass will just move the lead weight and you can feel it slide on the stone. Dusk and dawn, as ever, are great times to be fishing, especially if it coincides with low or high water. This is reliable and will not damage the fish in any way prior to unhooking and backward. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. A 15lb class 8ft boat rod or lighter spinning blank about 8ft long, but with a stiffish action works well.


2020 – 2021 Regulations for Recreational Bass Fishing guest post courtesy of

7 – Above the 5mm bead tie on a stop knot from 14lb Powergum to act as a bait stop. Fish as light as you sensibly can, and you will catch more bass as a result!. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. Pick a line that sees the boat pass over the selected ground across, but at a slight downtide angle. Want to contribute to our website Bass love tide and as with all angling, predominant conditions, tide and depth will determine what rod is needed. Please leave a message if you call outside these hours or email us. The multitude statement is from the Gov. Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. The bass are usually just down tide of the wreck when the tide is flowing strongly, or in amongst the wreck when the tide is slack. Immediately the tides start to fall back towards neaps the numbers of bass fall inshore and you’re fishing to a much reduced audience. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. Bass in particular, prove highly vulnerable to worked lures. Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. Make sure you vary your retrieve rate too, an erratic retrieve of sandeel imitations replicates the movement of the real eel perfectly!. Wear a lifejacket, have an exit strategy from rocks and beaches and make sure you can safely land and return bass from your chosen fishing displace. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. Contributing writer Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. While both sides broadly agree that a rollover of the 2020 measures is indispensable to rebuild the stock, the UK has proposed some ‘adjustments’ to the shared management approach which the EU does not accept. Reels and Main Lines – When using just tackle, it is important to balance the rod with a correctly weighted reel for maximum control. Bass, referred to by the French as “Loup de Mer” meaning the Wolf of the Sea due to their prowess as a hunter, have a wide-ranging diet taking crabs, shellfish, shrimps, sandeels, worms. Contributing writer Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. To the sliding swivel tie on 24-inches of 30lb to 40lb Fluorocarbon. Commercial restrictions have included bans on specifically targeting bass, an enforced closed season during bass spawning times and reductions in the amount of ineluctable bass bycatch they can retain. Also good are obvious depressions in the sand where the tide has scoured out shallow holes. At low water, look for small finger reefs that run inwards up the beach. This is a guest post by Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. It’s up to the helmsman to take turns and course alterations very wide and slow. Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. Other surf beach features to look out for are areas of small stone or boulders. org/how-we-can-help/coronavirus/return-play/frequently-asked-questions-national-lockdown-restrictions. Bass will often scavenge human food waste inside harbours such as bacon and chicken bones that have been thrown over the side of boats. To lift big bass from the water’s edge, just use your finger and thumb, thumb inside the mouth and index finger under the chin. Please release your larger speciments to ensure that they can spawn and sustain our vital bass fishery!!. Only retrieve a little line if the bait is being washed inshore quickly. Bass in particular, prove highly vulnerable to worked lures. These areas will always see bass quarter them thoroughly at the appropriate stage of the tide. In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. At low water, look for small finger reefs that run inwards up the beach. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. Fish can still be caught on the dropping tides after the highest spring, but overall numbers of fish will decrease as each dropping tide passes. Equally fishing a low or high tide in full darkness can also be very powerful under the light of a light sky or moon. This is when all the washed-out mollusk such as queen cockle, mussel, also lugworms, get washed into that low water line. As for mainline – total control is needed when fishing for bass that are feeding tight to the sea bed over sandbanks, reefs and wrecks, so a good 20-30lb braid will help you keep your gear on the bottom while giving maximum bite detection and a quick strike to hook-set speed. The spiral is best having the best streamlined shape and are less conspicuous. It has been announced that the 2020 rules for unpaid bass fishing have been rolled over for 2021 for both amateur and dealing fishing. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Writers wanted Stagger these distances so that each lure is at a different setting. To the sliding swivel tie on 24-inches of 30lb to 40lb Fluorocarbon. Where there is a large tidal range, there will be bass, they even seem to prefer the biggest tides of the month – spring tides, because there will be a greater speed in the run of tide. They will take all manner of bait, but their feeding predominantly follows a pattern. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. The peak periods are just before, and just after the highest tides of that cycle. You will always see the bite via the lift and alteration of the line first. Guest blogger Now begin a slow and steady bring. Tides that flood in daylight can see reduced numbers of fish, specially if the water is clear. Guest posts Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. These are especially effective in deeper water. The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. Submitting a guest post For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Become a guest blogger Another good technique is to anchor uptide of the wreck and cast or trot artificial shad imitations and weighted shads back into the wreck. For vertical jigging you need a 9-foot to 9-foot 6-inch spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or so. The size 4/0 is ideal for big crab baits but choose the size of the hook to suit the size of the bait. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. This is when the largest numbers of bass move inshore to feed. Guest post guidelines This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches. The shingle will usually extend below the average low water line, too. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Guest post courtesy of Occasionally, the bass will be choosy and take nothing but 4ins eels, on the next tide they want the bigger 7in eels, rarely will they take eels larger than this. The southern counties have had bass fisheries dating back many years, and many south coast ports now have all year round fishing, but each year as spring approaches and the water temperature increases, bass shoals make their way northwards up both our east and west coastlines. Bass are common to a range of different venues, and although the short cast theme is continuous, no single bass fishing bait or tactic will catch everywhere. 3 – Now slide on a rig crimp, a 3mm bead, a size 10 rolling swivel, another bead and a crimp. Registered in England and Wales Company No. Submit guest article Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. The shingle will usually extend below the average low water line, too. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. Want to write a post The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS GORE-TEX INFINIUM FLEX GLOVESPrice £79. IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication. You can also trot small live mackerel, pollack and pouting down into the wreck and this is highly rough-and-ready. Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. Email: contact@britishseafishing. The eel must swim slimly with the tide and across it. On these deeper beaches, often the ground is relatively clean, but there will be areas further out where fish may collect. Don’t worry too much if the hook point is not fully clear. Other good lures are Savage Gear Sandeels, Mr Twister and Powerworm grubs, Redgills, Eddystone eels, Sidewinders and Storm shads. Diving plugs can also be excellent, but colour comes in to play with silver and black the best. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. It’s not commonly used even by toughened bass anglers and yet it is the most effective form of fishing at close range over rough ground or in shallower estuary side creeks and around weed banks. Bass will also tolerate some fresh water from the hills but will not stay inside the estuaries if the water is very acidic after major rainfall and behavior therapy. One reason for this is that that is often as far as the average angler can cast so most of the fish will come from that distance. Guest posting rules Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. Their breeding season is from late February through to late May. The season starts at the outset of April and coincides with the first real flush of the peeling crab. Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. Follow our guide on how to make a rough ground bass rig in our sea fishing rigs section.


Britishseafishing.co.uk submit article

It’s up to the helmsman to take turns and course alterations very wide and slow. Put your crab in a small pot or bag you can easily carry. Work your fly or lure right back to the edge and explore areas newly flooded on an incoming tide too.  Many bass anglers are highly dedicated to spying this species and will spend a great deal of time researching likely bass marks and using trial and error to find where and when the bass feed. As a fish is hooked it is policy to shout “Fish on”, the helmsman should then shut off power and leave the boat to drift of course with no forward movement while the fish is landed. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. uk/government/publications/bass-industry-guidance-2020 Please note that the National Lockdown rules may prohibit certain leisure activities. Articles wanted The bass are usually just down tide of the wreck when the tide is flowing strongly, or in amongst the wreck when the tide is slack. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. Writers wanted JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. Contribute to this site Typically a weighted shad or sandeel such as a Sidewinder or Devils Own shad. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. With time the bass angler will build up a picture of bass movement on the venues being fished, along with the best time to fish. Become guest writer Don’t be afraid to use big baits. To the free end of the Fluorocarbon tie on the lure of your choice. first cast short and then sit and wait.   That's why we recommend SMITH Rods as they have a light yet stiff rod tip to be able to cast small lures or baits bit have a progressive enough action to be able to bully the fish home - this is especially large if you are intending to release the fish!. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. Bass exploit every possible opportunity to feed. Bass bites are usually strong – either a slack liner or the rod dragged over. Registered in England and Wales Company No. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. 1 – Begin with about 30-inches of clear mono. Work your fly or lure right back to the edge and explore areas newly flooded on an incoming tide too. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. Guest post courtesy of Any food pushed along by the tide gets dropped in here and the bass will always work these holes. RIGS FOR BASS  From running leger to pulley. Sandeels, and then bass, assemble over the rough ground patches, but are not present on the clean sand. This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. Beach bass are not averse to taking a large mackerel or squid bait and, into autumn and early winter, a live pout or whiting. A 040 size fixed spool, such as the Penn Slammer or Clash 4000 or Shimano and Daiwa equivalent, is perfect loaded with 15 to 20lb braid. They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. The bass are usually just down tide of the wreck when the tide is flowing strongly, or in amongst the wreck when the tide is slack. Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. Remember these will show on the surface downtide of where their actual seabed state is depending on how fast the tide flow is. You do need a high degree of strikingness for real success. Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. The negotiations have paused before restarting next week when everyone hopes a find can be made. They are also present end-to-end the whole of the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. Guest blogger guidelines However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. Other good colours to try are all red, and alignment coloured eels with pale bellies and darker backs. That said, huge surfs generated by a series of strong onshore winds can still produce fish. It’s important to be always in touch with the jighead and feel it actually tap bottom. JUST ARRIVED:SIMMS EXSTREAM HOODED JACKETPrice £219. Submit guest article Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. 3 – To the end of the Fluorocarbon tie on a Gemini Lead Link to take the weight. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. Tie this to the short section of 20lb Fluoro carbon. Suggest a post Tides are vitally important! Bass tend to work a surf beach from low water and for the first two hours of the new flood, then typically cease for the middle hours of the flood but return for the final hour before high water and sometimes stay for the first hour of the ebb. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. Tides are vitally important! Bass tend to work a surf beach from low water and for the first two hours of the new flood, then typically cease for the middle hours of the flood but return for the final hour before high water and sometimes stay for the first hour of the ebb. Where there is a large tidal range, there will be bass, they even seem to prefer the biggest tides of the month – spring tides, because there will be a greater speed in the run of tide. Also, the braid catches the tide less and gives a more direct pull of power to the hook point when hit for such close quarter reactive fishing. Write for us Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. That said, huge surfs generated by a series of strong onshore winds can still produce fish. Submitting a guest post For heavy surf conditions, or when fishing deeper steep-to beaches, then a standard beachcaster between 12ft and 13ft and rated to cast up to 6ozs will be needed. Accepting guest posts To this snap link swivel’s eye, snap on another snap link swivel by the snap link. 5 – To the hook trace swivel tie on 20-inches of 30lb Fluorocarbon line, alternatively clear mono. In warm winters jejune bass will stay in the estuary mouths and work the next surf beaches continually. 5 – To the hook trace swivel tie on 20-inches of 30lb Fluorocarbon line, alternatively clear mono. 4 – To the end of the swivel tied to the shock leader, tie on 15-inches of 20/25lb Fluorocarbon or clear mono to form the hook length. Write for us The Angling Trust has taken part in the public composer of the virtual negotiations and is in dialogue with Defra over the detail. This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches. Just lift the rod and the tightening line sets the hook. Discover why angling is so much fun for the whole family. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. The best tides are the building middle sized tides through to the very biggest spring tides. Guest posting rules Lure fishing for bass is an active method of fishing with few aspects of sea fishing around the UK more exciting than seeing a bass launch itself at a plug being drawn across the surface of the water. After dark (or before first light!) fishing with lures and poppers can be awesome. Guest-blogger To the end of the tied swivel add an 8-inch to 15-inch length of 20lb Fluorocarbon. Follow our guide on how to make a rough ground bass rig in our sea fishing rigs section. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. Perfect spots are depressions in the boulders that hold water when the tide has receded, and you should make special note of where these are for when the tide floods in. Guest blogger Good reel choices are Penn 525Mag’s due to their strong gearing. 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. Also note depressions in the stones that hold water as these too, will trap food. This can be fished all day without fatigue, has the option to be cast longer distances, can be used over wrecks or inshore reefs, has the length to play fish that try to get under the boat, but equally has the power to target bigger fish in fast tides. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. When fishing braid, choose a soft supple type such as the Berkley X9 in 20lb or 30lb breaking strains depending on the severity of the ground you’re fishing. Submit your content SPORTFISH is a trading name of Farlows Group Limited. Bass love tide and as with all angling, predominant conditions, tide and depth will determine what rod is needed. We take a look at the tactics, techniques and locations to catch yourself a brill. Trolling requires permanent vigilance. The best rough ground bass anglers develop the ability to read the beach and to see where the bass will work looking for food.   But beware when using braid, particularly if you are using 30lb braid with a stiff rod like a "Red Rod" that you are now now making the hook into the weakest part of your rig if you get hooked into a 10lb fish - don't blame the hook manufacturer if you don't have a advancing enough action in your rod. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. But this tells us thing about the bass, which is that it hugs the shoreline and is not averse to grabbing a large untidy bait dropped short because of a bad cast. Check the tide When cerebration a bass trip, it is essential to know the tide times, both to increase your fishing chances and to ensure your own safety. On reefs target bass either by trolling artificial sandeels or plugs on the downtide side of the reef at slow speeds up to 2-knots. Guest posts wanted Later in the season and into Autumn, a fillet of saltwater fish or bluey, whole squid, soft or peeler crab, also big worm baits will take bass as they feed up for winter. Guest post courtesy of Inshore bass are somewhat different - all year round they will feed on shellfish, crabs, marine worms and any smaller fishes that happen to be in the wrone place at the right time!Because bass quite happily frequent inshore marks, they are accessible to small boats as well as bigger charter style vessels, although bass do love tide and this will pose some  safety issues for small craft. JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. Sponsored post Crimp the Shield in place 2-inches above the lead link. The latter is where sandeels often bury in the sand, and the bass will hunt these here. Though the overall numbers were down, the average size of fish was bigger. Those anglers not into fish at this time should slowly retrieve their eels back towards the boat. There’s an old saying that the bass are behind the third breaker, but this generally is not always true.


Top Ten Tips for Bass Fishing submit article

The first of the flood as it pushes across the sand is often the hot time. You will always see the bite via the lift and alteration of the line first. Guest post opportunities My father’s tactic was to ambush the bass, and he had a series of different spots he would move to on the different states of tide. When working lures, the modern trend is to fish an 8ft to 9ft handicraft rod and a 4000 sized reel loaded with 20lb braid, plus a short Fluorocarbon shock leader the same breakage strain as the main braid. Guest post- Bass can be caught throughout the year south of a line drawn roughly between Cumbria and North Yorkshire, but in the far north of Scotland, the season tends to be late June through to late October, in general tongued. On business he would catch two or more fish, on others none for weeks, and that’s what you face if you take up fishing for bass. Though the overall numbers were down, the average size of fish was bigger. Guest posting Casting a lugworm or peeler crab bait into a raging surf spawned the classic surf bass rod, and it is the Irish surf strands that are famed for this. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. Ragworm also works but is never as tried and true in the surf as lug is. Fish as light as you sensibly can, and you will catch more bass as a result!. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. Many anglers use plugs for bass. They are found around Skagerrak and throughout the North Sea, although they are not very common in the Baltic Sea. It has been announced that the 2020 rules for unpaid bass fishing have been rolled over for 2021 for both amateur and dealing fishing. Dawn or dusk Early or late is always prime time for bass so maximise your chances and make sure you fish when they are most likely to feed. Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. This needs to be a dark colour to match the seabed when fishing in daylight. Ignore the rod tip as a bite indicator. The peak periods are just before, and just after the highest tides of that cycle. Guest-blogger Bassing by attrition is still the best tactic, although modern society’s need for an instant fix means there are very few sea anglers prepared to put in the hours, which is why many quality shore bass are caught by accident. Bass, referred to by the French as “Loup de Mer” meaning the Wolf of the Sea due to their prowess as a hunter, have a wide-ranging diet taking crabs, shellfish, shrimps, sandeels, worms. Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. These have enclosed banning French pair trawlers from targeting bass as they are gathering to spawn in the English Channel and limiting anglers to a bag limit of three bass per day. Reels and Main Lines – When using just tackle, it is important to balance the rod with a correctly weighted reel for maximum control. Guest post guidelines Crab is the number one bait over rough ground as it is exactly what the bass are looking for. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. Some anglers like to use a heavier 40lb braid on the fixed spool reel, as the braid does not stretch and gives slightly better bite detection, but what they forget is that if you feel the bass, the bass feels you and braid can result in dropped baits when fishing at close range. They stay until October in the north but can linger as late as Christmas in the south. Something else to take note of is the high tide line, especially on beaches backed by shingle banks. As a junior I was raised catching bass with my father, and he and his best angling mate were infrangible fanatics. Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. You start well uptide of the ground you wish to cover and to one side. To the end slide on a 5mm bead and add a single size 2/0 Mustad Viking 79515 hook. Other good spots are the deeper edges of shallow rising finger reefs running shoreward, small patches of sand amongst rough ground and areas of weed. The southern counties have had bass fisheries dating back many years, and many south coast ports now have all year round fishing, but each year as spring approaches and the water temperature increases, bass shoals make their way northwards up both our east and west coastlines. Submit content Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. These rods are also lighter than a value beach caster allowing them to be held comfortably for long periods of time. Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. Line long suit needs be no more than 12 to 15lbs, though some anglers prefer to load with 20lb braid. Articles wanted Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Again, food gets deposited here, and these can often be seen by looking for areas where water holds after the tide has dropped back. OUT NOW:SPORTFISH SPRING / SUMMER CATALOGUERequest a FREE copy today!. Typically a weighted shad or sandeel such as a Sidewinder or Devils Own shad. Submit an article Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. Contributing writer They are funded by the Environment Agency from fishing licence income. Current bass authorisations continue to be valid, please continue to refer to the Bass Fishing Guidance 2020. Guest blogger Marks that have little tidal run, areas of rock or mussel beds out in more open water, or ground just out from a rough ground beach, can be fished just by troll in a line along them. Guest blogger guidelines Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Wind down hard on the fish retrieving line on the reel and when you feel the full weight of the fish, strike!. To reduce your chances of pulling out of big bass use a large hook, with 1/0 to 6/0 (with an average of 2/0), the go-to sizes. Crab is the number one bait over rough ground as it is exactly what the bass are looking for. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. Fish as light as you sensibly can, and you will catch more bass as a result!. If these run for any distance in an offshore direction, then at some time they will hold bass. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. Guest posts wanted JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. Guest post guidelines Calls to our 0343 number are charged at the same rate as normal landline numbers. You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. However, where there is lots of tide there will also be races, overfalls and in general areas of rough water not suited to unversed skippers or small boats and kayaks. Angling Trust Limited is a company limited by guarantee, company number 05320350. Guest posting Bass wait in numbers at the mouth or bar of our smaller estuaries and will move in as soon as the new tide starts to push. This turned out to be the case when a bass of 19lb 11oz 12dr was caught on a Sandown Pier on the Isle of Wight by local angler Steve Caves who used a full squid bait on a size 6/0 hook. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. These cookies do not store any ad hominem information. Submitting a guest post Large baits are essential, and a hook size of 3/0 upwards is suitable for baits like a peeler crab or mackerel fillet, with a 6/0 the hook for a mackerel head or a live fish. Do you want to support BASS? You can donate securely online and help support our saving work for more and bigger bass. Bass are often shy biters on rough ground and often you’ll feel a light tap on the rod tip as the bass blows the crab in and out of its mouth almost testing it. Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. Guest contributor guidelines If you stand on the shingle and look at the surface water, note any area where there is upset or troubled water where small waves break. IS THIS THE ULTIMATE?   Big bass rewards require real dedication. Crab, crab, crab and crab is the straight answer! Shore peeler crab is the main bait as this is what the bass come into the rocks and creeks looking for. Learn how your comment data is pure. The first tactic of the bass will be to turn and bore out seawards, then throw its head around a few times, then turn and run again this time with the tide direction and along the surf tables. This is a general rule, not always fact, with some beaches being devoid of bass on the flood but fishing well on the ebb. Become guest writer Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Fish from 3-5lb offer a good fight and are a delight to catch. Another option, and often a good one, is to use a Fluorocarbon mainline. As you let the tackle descend to the seabed, when you feel the weight hit the bottom, instantly retrieve 2-feet more of line than the total length of your hook trace. Check the tide When cerebration a bass trip, it is essential to know the tide times, both to increase your fishing chances and to ensure your own safety. Contribute to our site Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. Some anglers like to use a heavier 40lb braid on the fixed spool reel, as the braid does not stretch and gives slightly better bite detection, but what they forget is that if you feel the bass, the bass feels you and braid can result in dropped baits when fishing at close range. Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Reels need to be multipliers holding 250-300yds of 12 to 15lb line. The eel must swim slimly with the tide and across it. Other good spots are the deeper edges of shallow rising finger reefs running shoreward, small patches of sand amongst rough ground and areas of weed. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Bass do have a feeding hierarchy and on many business the larger adult fish do choose to feed before or after the mass of juvenile fish. Want to write a post Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. Bass do have a feeding hierarchy and on many business the larger adult fish do choose to feed before or after the mass of juvenile fish. To the sliding swivel tie on 24-inches of 30lb to 40lb Fluorocarbon. Immediately the tides start to fall back towards neaps the numbers of bass fall inshore and you’re fishing to a much reduced audience. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. Submit an article This forms a comparatively small knot that flies through the rod rings easily and proves better than mono in most circumstances. Fixed spools are not suitable for this type of fishing as reel seizing need to be set precisely to give line the moment a fish hits the lure and turns. Become a guest blogger You need to find areas in the estuary channels where the seabed is rocky, weedy and with a depth of water over 10-feet. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. A large saltwater fish is good from summer beach marks, rocks and piers, while a whole Calamari squid works in autumn. Aim to keep the sandeel a few feet up off the seabed or wreck for the bass to rise and intercept as they pass by. Live baiting with sandeels, pouting or other small fish is another technique that can get results – especially in places such as piers where these baits can be easily lowered down into the water. Big softies need to have the hook passed through the back and be brought out and upwards through the belly. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Specimen Sizes – The current British Record is an amazing 19lb 12oz caught recently from Sandown Pier, Isle of Wight, but these days every autumn some astounding fish in excess of 18lb are caught and there is every chance that this record may go in coming years. Like many fish species nowadays, bass numbers have been reduced by commercial pressure and there is concern that both the total numbers and average size of bass are rapidly reducing in UK and European waters. Early in the spring, until about mid-June, it’s the presence of peeling shore crab that brings the bass in to the estuary. The peak periods are just before, and just after the highest tides of that cycle.


Bass: Recreational Angler Limits from 2016 sponsored post by

These areas will always see bass quarter them thoroughly at the appropriate stage of the tide. Guest post- Dawn and dusk can be the best times to target bass. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. Become a contributor Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. Guest-post My father’s tactic was to ambush the bass, and he had a series of different spots he would move to on the different states of tide. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. Don’t bully the bass, have faith in the reel drag and drop the rod to the side if the bass tries to run for a known snag out in front of you, which they will try to do, as the sideways rod angle will turn them. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. Dawn and dusk periods are prime when working ground close to shore. Guest-blogger The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. Be sure to check the national and local imprisonment rules to ensure that amateur sea angling is allowed before going fishing. Tides are vitally important! Bass tend to work a surf beach from low water and for the first two hours of the new flood, then typically cease for the middle hours of the flood but return for the final hour before high water and sometimes stay for the first hour of the ebb. Accepting guest posts Full squid or cuttle are underrated baits for bass, as is a large mackerel fillet. You will also feel the pressure on the line fall slack. This forms a comparatively small knot that flies through the rod rings easily and proves better than mono in most circumstances. 2 – To the end of the inject tie on a size 6 swivel. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. Choose a longer type about 8-feet in length with a fairly fast action and power in the middle section and butt to work fish back against a fast tide run, also to set the hook at long range. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. Anglers are now required to fish for bass on a catch and release basis during January, February and December of 2020. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Guest posting guidelines These are especially effective in deeper water. Some anglers find casting short arduous. Guest-post   Never the less, many big bass fall over periods of neap tides, and slack water can be a great time to pick up a rogue big fish. Crimp the Shield in place 2-inches above the lead link. Articles wanted Always the best fishing will be on the tides that fall in the three days prior to the biggest tide of all. Alternatively, use a 5000 to 5500 sized fixed spool reel again loading with 20lb mono main line. JUST ARRIVED:PENN BATTLE III SPINNING REELPrice from £89. Accepting guest posts Admiralty charts and Google Maps are well worth hunting for likely marks. Specimen Sizes – The current British Record is an amazing 19lb 12oz caught recently from Sandown Pier, Isle of Wight, but these days every autumn some astounding fish in excess of 18lb are caught and there is every chance that this record may go in coming years. Don’t forget to check out the weather forecast and sea temperatures too. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Pick a line that sees the boat pass over the selected ground across, but at a slight downtide angle. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. Become an author By mid-May the bass will also be actively hunting sandeels, also the small sea trout, mini species and small flatfish as their numbers build. Any food pushed along by the tide gets dropped in here and the bass will always work these holes. Follow our guide on how to make a rough ground bass rig in our sea fishing rigs section. Line strength would be 15lbs, possibly up to 20lbs if fishing in amongst snags. Such conditions induce the highest numbers of fish inshore. It is also more detrition resistant than mono when encountering boulders, barnacles and stones. Put the biggest ones back! Make sure you adhere to the latest rules on retaining bass and, if you choose to keep a fish, make sure it’s over the current 42cm minimum. Other companies such as Tronixpro, Daiwa and Akios do similar reels. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Much depends upon the venue, the season and the weather conditions. These areas will always see bass quarter them thoroughly at the appropriate stage of the tide. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. Big bass can show up anywhere, but good areas are the North Foreland of Kent, the Sussex coast, rough ground in Devon and Cornwall, the Bristol Channel, and peculiarly the west coast of Wales. Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. To herd and trap the sandeel, bass need a wall to push them against. As they are less fussy when it comes to taking baits and more common than larger bass they generally make up the majority of catches. Guest post courtesy of They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. Want to write an article Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. You might not believe this…but don’t doubt this until you’ve skilled it for yourself. While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. A first light session before joining the family for breakfast and a day on the beach is our favourite on a summer holiday, but go with whatever works for you and your routine. Contribute to this site These gutters can be formed from clean sand, but some may have small stones or pebbles in the bottom. This indicates we may not know all we think we do when it comes to bass sex habits. Crab, crab, crab and crab is the straight answer! Shore peeler crab is the main bait as this is what the bass come into the rocks and creeks looking for. Between times prawns, small fish and sandeels are also a target. Don’t confuse this with the surf or tide, but if unsure, strike anyway!. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. Either steady retrieve the shads at slow to medium pace, or better still, bounce the shads along the seabed on the retrieve which can be deadly for the bigger fish. (For Membership enquiries select Option 1). This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. Lure fishing for bass is usually done from rock marks that give access to deep water where bass are likely to be hunting and feeding, although piers, steep beaches, estuaries and harbours can all produce this species to lures. Put the biggest ones back! Make sure you adhere to the latest rules on retaining bass and, if you choose to keep a fish, make sure it’s over the current 42cm minimum. The multitude statement is from the Gov. Pick a bass up safely by its mouth, or draw it gently over a flattened-out palm of the hand. [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. Bass run the estuary on the flood tide, but as they leave the estuary as the tide begins to flow out, they drop back down the length of the beach with the ebbing tide. Use the tide to keep the lines to the lures tight, then push beyond and uptide of the ground dropping back to troll under power as before. Well tied on superb materials with top quality components!Bass are probably the cleverest fish to swim in our waters and on the number of occasions they won’t offer themselves up for free. A 040 size fixed spool, such as the Penn Slammer or Clash 4000 or Shimano and Daiwa equivalent, is perfect loaded with 15 to 20lb braid. Of late, Luce Bay has also produced some bigger fish from the rougher ground. Both high and low water periods, again because of little tidal flow, are poor. Firstly, you’re literally feeling for bites from fish that might be just 10ft away. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Articles wanted It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Submit content Though the overall numbers were down, the average size of fish was bigger. A number of measures have been put forward to try and restore bass stocks. A 5000-7000 sized multiplier will pair nicely with any 6lb to 20lb class outfit, and use fixed spool reels for spinning, which aren’t rung for multiplier use. Go large Our friend Austin Goldsmith put us onto this one, and it’s great advice. That said, with the sliding swivel, a cautious bass can be allowed to pull line freely through the sliding swivel without fully feeling the lead weight. For uptide fishing a lighter 2-6oz uptide rod between 9-feet 6inches and 10-feet is perfect. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Guest post by A 15lb class 8ft boat rod or lighter spinning blank about 8ft long, but with a stiffish action works well. 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. Rough-ground venues tend to fish when the sea is rough and coloured, with the first of the flood tide best and, when the sea is calm and clear, flood tides that coexist with dusk or dawn. It’s important to be always in touch with the jighead and feel it actually tap bottom. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. Tackle for bass trolling is simple. Bass are a highly sought after fish, and bass angling attracts some of Britain’s most committed anglers due to the warring qualities and high reputation of this striking looking fish. In deep water you may need a spiral lead or bullet weight. ■ Landing bass: In most situations you can use the waves to help you beach your bass, but don’t drag it on the hook snood alone – use the waves and then pick the fish up once it is grounded, or use a net. Bait – Bass love livebait and since sandeel, mackerel and sprat and sardine are a big part of their worker diet, you can’t go wrong at certain times of the year if you use these and present them aright. Though the overall numbers were down, the average size of fish was bigger. Submit a guest post A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. Artificial sandeels such as Redgills and Eddystone’s or similar will cover 90% of the fishing. Bass are found passim European waters. Places to Look – New bass fisheries are popping up all the time and bass can now be caught from around the whole coastline of the UK.


Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society write for us

Guest post guidelines With time the bass angler will build up a picture of bass movement on the venues being fished, along with the best time to fish. As for mainline – total control is needed when fishing for bass that are feeding tight to the sea bed over sandbanks, reefs and wrecks, so a good 20-30lb braid will help you keep your gear on the bottom while giving maximum bite detection and a quick strike to hook-set speed. Another hotspot is a much bigger than average boulder. Serious bass fishing takes time. However, from mid-May onwards, and especially from mid-June when the crab peel falls away, the bass will move on to a fresh fish diet targeting sandeels and smaller fish. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Low water is a good time, especially if it coincides with dusk or dawn, but the bass tend to work a rough ground beach for the first two hours or so of the flood, then move elsewhere, returning for the hour either side of high water. Big bass will hit big baits, but baits above the size of a standard small matchbox will see your bites ratio reduce. It has been announced that the 2020 rules for unpaid bass fishing have been rolled over for 2021 for both amateur and dealing fishing. You can fish with 15lb line and a 30lb to 40lb shock leader. This post was written by [Information from the official government website of the Marine Management Organisation – available here]. Look to the mouths of estuaries, immaterial of size, as potential drop holding ground. This post was written by Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. Be safe Whether you fish from a boat or from the shore make sure you do so safely. 4 – Use bait elastic meagrely to form a rough sausage shape but with lots of juices still able to leak out of the crab body for maximum effect in the tide run. But this tells us thing about the bass, which is that it hugs the shoreline and is not averse to grabbing a large untidy bait dropped short because of a bad cast. You’re looking for areas of mussel beds, patches of boulders scoured out by the fast estuary currents, weed beds, or sandbanks that cut deep into the main tidal flow creating a tide rip with a calm, deep bay on the inner estuary side. Sponsored post: This needs to be a dark colour to match the seabed when fishing in daylight. The best marks of all are reefs, sooner shallow reefs, that are connected to the shore. It’s important to be always in touch with the jighead and feel it actually tap bottom. It’s important to be always in touch with the jighead and feel it actually tap bottom. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Write for us Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. Guest post: Begin considering ground very close inshore first. They will work around the mouths of estuaries and over inshore rough ground in only a few feet of water. It will all depend on where, what conditions and what depth you’re fishing at. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. Guest posters wanted Inspired by Dave Barnham of Boat Fishing Monthly. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Bass exploit every possible opportunity to feed. Ragworm also works but is never as tried and true in the surf as lug is. Choose a model with a good front drag system such as the Penn Slammer 4000, Penn Clash 4000, or equivalent Shimano or Daiwa. 2 – Slide on a Breakaway Impact Shield followed by a 3mm bead and a rig crimp. Make the cast and literally let the bait wash around in the swell. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. A 15lb class 8ft boat rod or lighter spinning blank about 8ft long, but with a stiffish action works well. Inshore bass are somewhat different - all year round they will feed on shellfish, crabs, marine worms and any smaller fishes that happen to be in the wrone place at the right time!Because bass quite happily frequent inshore marks, they are accessible to small boats as well as bigger charter style vessels, although bass do love tide and this will pose some  safety issues for small craft. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. Bass are common to a range of different venues, and although the short cast theme is continuous, no single bass fishing bait or tactic will catch everywhere. Want to write a post The Talk Sea Fishing How To Catch Guide on brill fishing. Guest posting rules Ignore the rod tip as a bite indicator. Don’t confuse this with the surf or tide, but if unsure, strike anyway!. While both options have very similar impacts with respect to the overall tonnage of bass taken by anglers, the Angling Trust believes the increased adaptability to take three fish during the peak season would benefit a greater number of members of the public who fish for bass and enjoy keeping fish for the table on the happening that they are able to go fishing, and are lucky enough to catch a few bass. This size of bait has the weight in itself to be easily cast 20yds or more. Peeler crab can be a good surf bait if you’re fishing close to the rougher ground. Frozen sandeel is a good estuary bait. Each year we run hundreds of events for all ages and abilities. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. In shallow clear water, heavier shock leaders can put some fish off, so where latent eliminate them, providing it is safe to do so. Write for us Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. uk/government/publications/bass-industry-guidance-2020 Please note that the National Lockdown rules may prohibit certain leisure activities. Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. In the winter months they rely on anchovy and sprat. Match this to a heavier duty multiplier such as the PENN 525Mag 3, or a similar reel. It’s not localised sport either. Guest post: Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. Any turns by the boat with lures still trolling can produce fearsome tangles. Bass are found passim European waters. Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. Lure choice will be again down to local preference, depth, conditions and the baitfish present in your area. Be adaptable Don’t become too stereotypical with your bass fishing. It’s up to the helmsman to take turns and course alterations very wide and slow. Writers wanted ■ Landing bass: In most situations you can use the waves to help you beach your bass, but don’t drag it on the hook snood alone – use the waves and then pick the fish up once it is grounded, or use a net. Guest poster wanted Short boat rods of 7ft are just about acceptable but need to be fished from the stern only to keep the line away from other anglers, and on dinghies, the outboard motor. Lure Fishing for Bass: Lure fishing for bass is also very popular and a whole discipline of angling has emerged with lures, plugs and spinners specifically designed to catch bass. Writers wanted To this snap link swivel’s eye, snap on another snap link swivel by the snap link. Submit blog post This capacity can be clearly seen by sponsor splashes on the surface as the bass seize a victim and turn, and by the hordes of screaming and diving terns taking advantage of the chaos. Also, look for areas where bigger, heavier stone sits amongst smaller stone. These are natural edges that will trap food as the tide floods in. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. Guest blogger The place to try trolling is roundabout the low water line of a normal spring tide mark from mid tide up, depth depending. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Many anglers take a subtle approach when fishing for bass, using specialist bass rods which allow the initially shy bites of this species to be felt while also retaining the power to cast into the surf. Guest post- In a good surf and straw-colored water, bass can be caught in daylight, but generally, the best of the fishing will be in the hours of darkness. In warm winters jejune bass will stay in the estuary mouths and work the next surf beaches continually. Sandeels get swept into these and are picked off by bass that sit on the edge of the fast passing current just inside the quieter water on the downside of the bank. uk/government/publications/bass-industry-guidance-2020 Please note that the National Lockdown rules may prohibit certain leisure activities. Fluorocarbon is a better leader material than mono for this as it is more abrasion resistant and less visible to the fish. They thought nothing of spending hours biteless in the quest for the odd red-letter day or sample. Guest post- Dawn or dusk Early or late is always prime time for bass so maximise your chances and make sure you fish when they are most likely to feed. Guest posts wanted Tides that flood in daylight can see reduced numbers of fish, specially if the water is clear. If you fish for bass you really should consider joining!. This, along with stormproof bass areas, has seen the fishing there improve dramatically, with many in the UK seeing the Irish model as a way to restore British bass stocks. This rig gives excellent rod tip and hand felt bite detection as the hook and main line are pull in the same direction, but also it maximises the power of the strike directly to the hook. Bass love areas where the tide is bottle necked between small islands, off headlands and where a fast tide passes over a very shallow reef. Check the tide When cerebration a bass trip, it is essential to know the tide times, both to increase your fishing chances and to ensure your own safety. Tide is the key to the best fishing, with the early tide generally the top time. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. The colouration tends to be green-grey on the back, now and then dark blue, shading to silver sides and a white belly. If the day is bright, then try to seek out deeper water where the light levels are less intrusive!. Publish your guest post 1 – Begin with about 30-inches of clear mono. Bass can still be caught on the ebb tide as they run out of the estuary, but they are cautious of being cut off and tend to work the edges of the deeper main channel as they drop back, and especially like areas where surf is evident as it breaks over shallowing sandbanks on the seaward side. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. After dark (or before first light!) fishing with lures and poppers can be awesome. Dawn and dusk can be the best times to target bass. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page.


Irish Bass Fishing guest article

Want to write an article There are rocks out from rough ground beaches close to the surface, likewise on shallow reefs which should always be borne in mind. Want to write a post You will also feel the pressure on the line fall slack. Guest-blogger They are also present end-to-end the whole of the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. Guest posts wanted They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. Alternatively, use a 5000 to 5500 sized fixed spool reel again loading with 20lb mono main line. Do you want to support BASS? You can donate securely online and help support our saving work for more and bigger bass. Therefore very made bass anglers do not cast a set spacing every time. Bright sunshine on surf beaches is rarely good. Submit blog post 2 – Use scissors to cut half way in to the body from the middle front of the crab. Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. Publish your guest post Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. Dawn or dusk Early or late is always prime time for bass so maximise your chances and make sure you fish when they are most likely to feed. 2 – Use scissors to cut half way in to the body from the middle front of the crab. Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. From 1st March to 30th November 2020 anglers can retain two bass per angler per day, provided they reach the minimum size of 42cm. Want to contribute to our website At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. Immediately the tides start to fall back towards neaps the numbers of bass fall inshore and you’re fishing to a much reduced audience. This record was itself broken by John Stephenson who caught a bass of 19lb 12oz at Portsmouth Docks on a frozen sandeel bait. Read more about plug fishing for bass by clicking here. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. When fishing over wrecks and reefs 12/15lb class rods are the best choice. From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Bass know this and will run these gutters with the flood tide but facing directly into the tide so they can pick up the afloat scent from any food items. Such conditions induce the highest numbers of fish inshore. Submit article Atwo-hook Pennell rig can also be an advantage for larger squid or crab baits. Guest posts This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. Static bottom baits fished hard on the bottom, using simple running rigs are employed from time to time. Guest post policy Email: contact@britishseafishing. Bass run the estuary on the flood tide, but as they leave the estuary as the tide begins to flow out, they drop back down the length of the beach with the ebbing tide. Steep-to beaches can also fish very well for bass immediately after a storm when the sea remains rough, but the wind has dropped. Submit article Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. This is followed by a pull-down on the rod tip, which needs to be struck. If your first two casts to say 80yds do not produce, then start dropping each resultant cast 10yds less each time until you find the fish. The ability for the UK to start taking a contrasting path and ‘take back control’ on bass management appears, in my opinion, to be being unnatural by a combination of EU concerns over increased fishing mortality, a concern over any welfare the UK would get over EU fishing fleets and a strategic approach to try and bind the UK to the Common Fisheries Policy. It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. The only reel for consideration is a fixed spool reel. Tides are vitally important! Bass tend to work a surf beach from low water and for the first two hours of the new flood, then typically cease for the middle hours of the flood but return for the final hour before high water and sometimes stay for the first hour of the ebb. Tackle for bass trolling is simple. If you always hold the rod, you’ll get to recognise the full variety of bass bites, but more so, develop a sixth sense that enables you to “feel” that something is happening, even when there is no obvious campaign on the rod tip or obvious bite. Occasionally, the bass will be choosy and take nothing but 4ins eels, on the next tide they want the bigger 7in eels, rarely will they take eels larger than this. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Discover why angling is so much fun for the whole family. Always use a clear leader for daylight bassing as bass can shy away from bright colours. This indicates where a tidal-current washes inshore and on the shingle bank and bass will use these flows of current to search for food out in the deeper water. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. You will not be fishing at long range over rough ground with most casts being less than 50yds, so these reels can carry more than enough line in these higher breaking strains. 5 – To the eye of the Pulley Rig Bead tie on an 18-inch length of weaker 18 to 25lb line depending on mainline strength to take the weight. This though has always been the case in the west of Ireland, where traditionally, some of the best bass fishing was either side of Christmas, particularly on the Kerry beaches. Equally fishing a low or high tide in full darkness can also be very powerful under the light of a light sky or moon. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. Guest posting rules ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. But while the impact of the proposals for commercialised fishing are not known the proposal to adjust the bag limit for recreational fishing has been assessed to result in no additive deathrate compared to the existing bag limit of two fish per day for nine months of the year. This rougher ground traps more food and has more hidey holes for crabs and small fish to live in. Email: contact@britishseafishing. This can happen, but there are many types of rough ground bass bite. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. When baiting with lug, always nip the sandy tail off a short way below the body, then slide the worm, tail end first, over the hook point and around and up the shank of the hook. Submit guest post After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. This can happen, but there are many types of rough ground bass bite. The shingle will usually extend below the average low water line, too. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. The big debate is mono or braid line? Braid is often preferred for a couple of reasons. Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. Guest post courtesy of We believe the EU is concerned about the potential additional deathrate that could arise from the adjustments proposed by the UK which could risk setting back the retrieval of the stock. Become a guest blogger The Talk Sea Fishing How To Catch Guide on brill fishing. Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. 5oz lead, then 20lb mainline straight through will be enough without a shock leader to take the force of casting, even to longish range. For any casting also add a shock leader. This has the vantage of being less elastic than mono, so improves bite detection, but also is less visible to a fish working in clear shallow water. Dawn and dusk periods are prime when working ground close to shore. You need to find areas in the estuary channels where the seabed is rocky, weedy and with a depth of water over 10-feet. 4 – To the free end of the 60lb line tie on a size 4 rolling swivel. Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. Bass are renowned as efficacious fighting fish and battling one on a properly balanced bass rod can provide great sport. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. In a good surf and straw-colored water, bass can be caught in daylight, but generally, the best of the fishing will be in the hours of darkness. Submit an article WHERE TO CATCH BASSEach choice has its own methods and best times. In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. This capacity can be clearly seen by sponsor splashes on the surface as the bass seize a victim and turn, and by the hordes of screaming and diving terns taking advantage of the chaos. This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. Specimen Sizes – The current British Record is an amazing 19lb 12oz caught recently from Sandown Pier, Isle of Wight, but these days every autumn some astounding fish in excess of 18lb are caught and there is every chance that this record may go in coming years. You can do the same with a couple of smaller soft crab, but you don’t need to cut them as they’ll break up a little when being put on the hook. This indicates areas on the seabed that are incompatible than the flowing tides passes over, creating a surface disturbance. ■ Pier bass: Catching big bass from a pier is a comparatively modern style and came about because many mackerel anglers headed and gutted their catch before leaving the pier (and some beach and rock marks). It is ideal for fishing weighted shads and sandeel imitators and is also good for presenting fresh small live fish in a natural manner such as sandeel and scombroid fish. While this is true, all bass – even the very largest – are also scavengers which will constantly search around for food which may be present on or around the seabed. The jighead needs to be just heavy enough to stay on the seabed if left. Don’t confuse this with the surf or tide, but if unsure, strike anyway!. Live mackerel is also excellent in season. Feature will be deeper gutters that typically run comparable or at angles along the length of the beach. If possible, try to choose tides that begin to flood fully in the dark. WHERE TO CATCH BASSEach choice has its own methods and best times. Submit post Match this to a modern lightweight low-profile reel such as an ABU REVO Toro Inshore or conventional number such as a Penn 515 or Daiwa or Shimano equivalent reel. In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. Choose one with a semi supple tip so that you don’t smash soft crab baits during the cast, but with rapidly increasing power in the mid-section and a stiff butt so that you have the power in the upper mid-section and butt to bully big fish away from electrical phenomenon snags. Submit blog post To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. If this doesn’t work, then cast as far as you possibly can. You only really need bait elastic, a small pair of scissors, a honing stone and a few spare hooks. For bottom fishing, a 12lb class rod is the most normally used, however there will be days and areas where this can be reduced down to a 6lb class. You can use a plain lead and let the tide wash this around in a semi-circle back to shore to cover more ground but choose a lead heavy enough to only slowly move across the sand by tidal pressure on the line. However, the EU wishes to see as much convergence as possible between the EU and UK on bass management and will not presently agree to the UK’s proposed adjustments. The other legs are left to dangle below the bait to add some movement as the bait washes around. You start well uptide of the ground you wish to cover and to one side.


Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society guest post opportunities

Work your fly or lure right back to the edge and explore areas newly flooded on an incoming tide too. At low water, look for small finger reefs that run inwards up the beach. Big softies need to have the hook passed through the back and be brought out and upwards through the belly. This puts the fat juice-filled head of the lug’s body at the hook point. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. They stay until October in the north but can linger as late as Christmas in the south. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. Just lift the rod and the tightening line sets the hook. Bass will also feed on a wide variety of fish such as mackerel, gobies, blennies, pouting, poor cod, rockling, sprat, squid. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. The best marks of all are reefs, sooner shallow reefs, that are connected to the shore. That said, with the sliding swivel, a cautious bass can be allowed to pull line freely through the sliding swivel without fully feeling the lead weight. Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. Again, bind these baits well with bait elastic for improved casting long suit. Typically a weighted shad or sandeel such as a Sidewinder or Devils Own shad. Become guest writer The Wexford, Cork and Kerry coasts of Ireland are also a rough ground bass mecca. Guest poster wanted The minimum landing size of bass was also increased from 36cm to 42cm. Bass have a spiky dorsal fin which will draw blood, but far more risky to your hands when handing fish are the edges of the gills, which are razor sharp. Bass will also tolerate some fresh water from the hills but will not stay inside the estuaries if the water is very acidic after major rainfall and behavior therapy. Although bass will work the estuaries in calm, warm conditions, it’s in the roughest weather that the bigger bass are more likely. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. Bass will often scavenge human food waste inside harbours such as bacon and chicken bones that have been thrown over the side of boats. If you catch a really big bass we always recommend that you return it as these fish are the breeding stock for the future!. Guest post: These cookies do not store any ad hominem information. As they are less fussy when it comes to taking baits and more common than larger bass they generally make up the majority of catches. Publish your guest post The alternative more heavy-duty outfit is to go for a European style rod between 14 and 15ft, concerted with a 7000 or 8000 sized fixed spool reel and load with 30lb braid and use a 60lb braid shock leader knotted using two Grinner knots back to back. Want to write an article Bass, referred to by the French as “Loup de Mer” meaning the Wolf of the Sea due to their prowess as a hunter, have a wide-ranging diet taking crabs, shellfish, shrimps, sandeels, worms. Stagger these distances so that each lure is at a different setting. There’s an old saying that the bass are behind the third breaker, but this generally is not always true. Submitting a guest post Typically a weighted shad or sandeel such as a Sidewinder or Devils Own shad. Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. Bass use this fast running tide to push sandeel shoals up against and make them easier to pick off. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Blog for us Generally speaking, bass on rough ground prefer the bigger sized spring tides. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. It is also more detrition resistant than mono when encountering boulders, barnacles and stones. Since 2016 there have been restrictions on UK anglers recreational bass fishing including bag limits and a catch-and-release only policy (read more below). Now begin a slow and steady bring. Be careful when unhooking a bass as the spiky first dorsal fin and sharp gill covers are capable of piercing or cutting skin. In really rough seas big bass may again be very close in amongst the breaker if the water is a good 5 to 6-feet of constant depth but are more likely to be 100-yards or more out in deeper water on shallower surf beaches where the undertow from the surf pulls food back out as it’s disturbed from the sand. This post was written by Calls to our 0343 number are charged at the same rate as normal landline numbers. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. Fish holding feature is the key to finding the fish on surf beaches. Want to write a post Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. This is when all the washed-out mollusk such as queen cockle, mussel, also lugworms, get washed into that low water line. Get Fishing is the Angling Trust’s campaign to get more people fishing more often. This, along with stormproof bass areas, has seen the fishing there improve dramatically, with many in the UK seeing the Irish model as a way to restore British bass stocks. Want to contribute to our website Bass is a identifiable fish having two dorsal fins, the front carrying 8 to 9 sharp spines, and the body is covered in big scales. Submit a guest post For uptide fishing a lighter 2-6oz uptide rod between 9-feet 6inches and 10-feet is perfect. You have no items in your shopping cart. Another good estuary bait, especially after an autumnal storm is razorfish and mussel. Submitting a guest post After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. Especially when low water falls in the dark and the bass move confidently into the estuaries. For any casting also add a shock leader. Summer through to late autumn is the prime time to target them, so take our advice, grab your gear and head out on a bass fishing adventure this summer. Location And HabitsBass quite happily feed over all manner of sea bed structure including sand, mud, shingle banks, reefs and part but are never far from a bait source. Get the latest news on Get Fishing, including 'Take a Friend Fishing', blogs and info on what to expect at Get Fishing events. The only criteria here is of boat and crew safety. The UK and EU are at loggerheads over bass fishing measures for the remainder of 2021. It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. These are created by tidal current and by the turning over of the waves where they meet shallow banks and cause a backflow as the previous wave recedes. From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. Bass love tide and as with all angling, predominant conditions, tide and depth will determine what rod is needed. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. Bass are found in the waters of the south and west of the UK all year round, although it may be the smaller immature bass which are present during the colder months. 3 – Now slide on a rig crimp, a 3mm bead, a size 10 rolling swivel, another bead and a crimp. Guest post opportunities This size of bait has the weight in itself to be easily cast 20yds or more. For uptide fishing a lighter 2-6oz uptide rod between 9-feet 6inches and 10-feet is perfect. 1 – Begin with about 30-inches of clear mono. ■ Pier bass: Catching big bass from a pier is a comparatively modern style and came about because many mackerel anglers headed and gutted their catch before leaving the pier (and some beach and rock marks). The lead weight is attached to the link on the snap link swivel tied direct to the leader. Another good spot is where a smaller estuary bottlenecks and narrows forming a fast moving current. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. Want to contribute to our website Spinners in chrome colouring like ABU Toby’s, Dexter Wedges and any sandeel or fish look alike can work at times, usually during bright sunlight. As we’ve already seen, from late March through to June fresh peeler or soft crab will be the magic bait for estuary feeding bass. Peak times for feeding are when low water coincides with dusk or dawn. Spinners in chrome colouring like ABU Toby’s, Dexter Wedges and any sandeel or fish look alike can work at times, usually during bright sunlight. As for mainline – total control is needed when fishing for bass that are feeding tight to the sea bed over sandbanks, reefs and wrecks, so a good 20-30lb braid will help you keep your gear on the bottom while giving maximum bite detection and a quick strike to hook-set speed. These should be 30lbs for leads up to 3ozs, and 40lbs for leads up to 4ozs. I love fishing, and Bass fishing is a great fun by itself. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. It’s up to the helmsman to take turns and course alterations very wide and slow. Either steady retrieve the shads at slow to medium pace, or better still, bounce the shads along the seabed on the retrieve which can be deadly for the bigger fish. Lure choice will be again down to local preference, depth, conditions and the baitfish present in your area. Sandeel is another good surf bait for bass, either used as whole small sandeel with the head and tail cut off and simply threaded over and up the hook, then bound with bait elastic for security. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. Submit blog post Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. Contribute to this site This is a bass horizontal in towards you after taking the bait. The primary taking colours are all white and all black, or a mix of red and black. 4 – To the end of the swivel tied to the shock leader, tie on 15-inches of 20/25lb Fluorocarbon or clear mono to form the hook length. To indicate to receive our monthly e-news updates visit www. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. Bass live and feed at a range of water depths and can be found in very shallow water if food sources such as peeler crabs, shellfish or worm beds are present there. To the free end of the Fluorocarbon tie on the lure of your choice. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. At this time, during the first hour of the flood and the hour either side of high water, bass will work very close into the tide line, often in just a couple of feet of water. Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. These are especially effective in deeper water. A shortage of bass over 5lb could be something to do with their extremely slow growth rate. Those that persevere through these tough conditions can sometimes be rewarded by good catches providing they have the casting ability to reach the deeper water. This is a guest post by Use elastic if need be, but on big softies at very close range, sometimes just a gentle lob is enough, so the elastic is unnecessary. Map of have-a-go beginner angling events where you can learn to fish in England UK plus authorized angling coaches to show you what you need to go fishing, fishing tackle and how to use it. Wind down hard on the fish retrieving line on the reel and when you feel the full weight of the fish, strike!. Become a contributor 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. They will take all manner of bait, but their feeding predominantly follows a pattern. Open water bass in the spring and summer will feed on sandeel. Some plugs designed for bass fishing can be extremely expensive, costing upwards of £25 each! Other plugs are much more modestly priced and many anglers have success lure fishing for bass using relatively cheap spinners which are designed for scombroid fish or very inexpensive jelly eels and worms. Guest post: In Ireland commercial bass fishing within inshore areas has been heavily restricted – essentially making bass a recreational angling only species. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark.


2020 – 2021 Regulations for Recreational Bass Fishing become a guest blogger

From 2016 onwards there have been different regulations and limits placed on both amateur and commercial bass fishing in an attempt to restore stocks of this species. Freelining really comes in to its own from mid-April through to late June, then again from mid-August to late October when the crab are peeling in good numbers and the bass run through the rocks and boulders pretty much every tide. They use the tide to help them travel miles inland. 2 – To the end of the shock leader tie on another size 6 rolling swivel. These will fish better in daylight than shallower water, but their wave configuration will typically be one or two change of integrity waves only. Early in the spring, until about mid-June, it’s the presence of peeling shore crab that brings the bass in to the estuary. Their range extends along the Atlantic coastline of France, Spain and Portugal and along parts of the north coast of Africa. Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. Maybe slightly better is a just popped big softie that just oozes out juices. Admiralty charts and Google Maps are well worth hunting for likely marks. Guest post They will also take mussel, again a natural bait over this type of ground. These again catch and hold food, as well as offer shelter to small fish crabs and other crustaceans. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. In a good surf and straw-colored water, bass can be caught in daylight, but generally, the best of the fishing will be in the hours of darkness. Blog for us Load with 20lb braid and add a short 8-foot section of 20lb Fluorocarbon leader. The lures need to be worked between 50 and 100yds behind the boat’s stern. This record was itself broken by John Stephenson who caught a bass of 19lb 12oz at Portsmouth Docks on a frozen sandeel bait. The Wexford, Cork and Kerry coasts of Ireland are also a rough ground bass mecca. Lugworm, either blow or black lug, would be the most agreeable bass bait in the surf. You need to concentrate on the middle to larger spring tides. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. A whole peeler crab is the hot bait on many rock venues, with the largest jelly softies deadly when available. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. This is the make or break of success, for often, the bass are massed in very tight areas and can go unnoticed by many anglers. This led to the bass moving in with the tide to feed on the heads and guts. ■ Surf bass: Surf fishing for bass is the classic style. Submitting a guest post Look for structure Most of the prey items consumed by bass are to be found in or around structure, so always look for features such as pier and jetty legs, groynes, sandbanks, moorings and snags. Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice.   That's why we recommend SMITH Rods as they have a light yet stiff rod tip to be able to cast small lures or baits bit have a progressive enough action to be able to bully the fish home - this is especially large if you are intending to release the fish!. Learned some new tricks for when I get out on the water using a Texas rig. Either steady retrieve the shads at slow to medium pace, or better still, bounce the shads along the seabed on the retrieve which can be deadly for the bigger fish. Guest post- This is when the largest numbers of bass move inshore to feed. Guest posting Set the boat up to drift with the tide flow, cast in an uptide direction letting the jighead sink to the bottom. To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. Guest post opportunities They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. This rig is virtually tangle free and requires minimal components when bass fishing over wrecks and reefs. Get the latest news on Get Fishing, including 'Take a Friend Fishing', blogs and info on what to expect at Get Fishing events. Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. I love fishing, and Bass fishing is a great fun by itself. You can fish with 15lb line and a 30lb to 40lb shock leader. Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. Beginner angling events - want to get into fishing? Get back into angling, find out where to go fishing, accessible venues, who to go fishing with, tackle to use to start fishing and how to go fishing for the first time. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. Hazy days when the sun is subdued are excellent, but cloudy days are hit and miss depending on the clarity of the water. Fish as light as you sensibly can, and you will catch more bass as a result!. 03549429 Magento E-commerce by The Pixel. This indicates where a tidal-current washes inshore and on the shingle bank and bass will use these flows of current to search for food out in the deeper water. This may only require a short cast between 40 and 60-yards but can be highly effective. Serious bass fishing takes time. Top reels to go with this type of rod would be smaller multipliers such as the ABU 6500 series, which have been a classic surf bass reel for several decades now due to their casting ability with lighter leads. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. There have been a number of contrary restrictions placed on both anglers and commercial fishermen in an attempt to halt the decline. Suggest a post Big bass appear as loners, but this is entirely down to the size of the shoal, which reduces with time. Want to contribute to our website They move into the drainage channels drawing water off the salt marshes targeting crab, small fish and sandeel, but also work through weed and muddy boulder ground sniffing out crabs and small fish. Live sandeel is highly effective as bass bait when drift fishing and fishing at anchor in to reefs and wrecks. A tactic I’ve used many times on rough ground backed by shingle is what military snipers call “the grave”. As for lure fishing, bass will take all manner of surface, mid-water and bottom lures including spinners, plugs, jellyworms, shads, eels and small pirks. Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. They will quarter around small jetties, piers, harbour walls, breakwaters, and through small harbours. That may be why I took up match fishing – to me, waiting hours for one bite was brain-numbing, although I do understand why there are anglers that get their kicks from this type of sport. Whichever bait is chosen long, flowing snoods should be used as they allow the bait to move in the tidal flow in a natural way. However, surf venues are limited and the sea needs to be stirred to produce the perfect conditions that attract the bass to feed. By mid-May the bass will also be actively hunting sandeels, also the small sea trout, mini species and small flatfish as their numbers build. Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. Contributor guidelines Another good estuary bait, especially after an autumnal storm is razorfish and mussel. Food gets washed in from further out and then gets lodged at the base of the hidden low water shingle. Want to write a post At the start of 2021 it appears that the same regulations which were in place for 2020 will speak into the new year. A forgotten bass tactic is pure and simple freelining. However, recent years have seen a number of large bass caught and it was thought that this record would soon be broken. All fish 6lb up to double figures really are a trophy catch. Our experts have pulled unitedly their suggested bass fishing tackle for you to browse. Lure choice will be again down to local preference, depth, conditions and the baitfish present in your area. Freelining really comes in to its own from mid-April through to late June, then again from mid-August to late October when the crab are peeling in good numbers and the bass run through the rocks and boulders pretty much every tide. Artificial sandeels such as Redgills and Eddystone’s or similar will cover 90% of the fishing. 4 – Use bait elastic meagrely to form a rough sausage shape but with lots of juices still able to leak out of the crab body for maximum effect in the tide run. Bass are also normally found along the southeast, southern and southwestern coasts of Ireland, and to a lesser extent along the north coast of Northern Ireland, though again their numbers have shown an increase, peculiarly in Donegal. Guest posts Bass use this fast running tide to push sandeel shoals up against and make them easier to pick off. A guide to bass fishing from the shore and boat. Want to contribute to our website Spinning is also very effective with silver ABU Tobies in 28gm, also Dexter Wedge type spinners and anything that roughly represents a small fish or a sandeel being very impressive. Many smaller UK estuaries are designated Bass Nursery areas and it is illegal to take fish from these when fishing from a boat. To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. Go large Our friend Austin Goldsmith put us onto this one, and it’s great advice. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. As the line lifts, ready yourself, and as you feel the weight of the fish come up against the rod tip only then do you strike and strike hard to set the hook. Guest posting guidelines For an excellent free tide prediction service check out Easy Tide. There’s an old saying that the bass are behind the third breaker, but this generally is not always true. You need to find areas in the estuary channels where the seabed is rocky, weedy and with a depth of water over 10-feet. These will typically be areas of sandbanks or again deeper gutters that form where tidal currents run. In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. However, the EU wishes to see as much convergence as possible between the EU and UK on bass management and will not presently agree to the UK’s proposed adjustments. Contribute to our site Bass exploit every possible opportunity to feed. Go large Our friend Austin Goldsmith put us onto this one, and it’s great advice. The British record shore caught bass was a 19lb fish caught from Dover Breakwater in 1988. The other legs are left to dangle below the bait to add some movement as the bait washes around. These have a knife-edge point and can be honed to maximum sharpness easily. These will only last an hour, maybe a little longer, then the bass move off. This post was written by This needs to be a dark colour to match the seabed when fishing in daylight. As soon as the spring tides start to drop back, bass numbers will also ease away. 4 – To the free end of the 60lb line tie on a size 4 rolling swivel. Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. Accepting guest posts Bass is a ruling fish and can cope with what looks to the angler like unworkable seas. Bright sunshine on surf beaches is rarely good. Accepting guest posts For general fishing for bass a 1-3oz or 2-4oz Bass rod about 11’6″ is perfect matched to a light 5000 sized fixed spool reel such as the Penn Slammer or Clash, or a similar Shimano or Daiwa reel. Once you start fishing, keep still and make no noise. Hot spots for bass are areas where the smaller boulders are broken up by any bigger boulders as this will hold the crabs better. As they are less fussy when it comes to taking baits and more common than larger bass they generally make up the majority of catches. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Landings limits in 2021 will provisionally stay the same until further notice into the new year, once annual negotiations for 2021 have been completed, and any exploit steps to be taken at UK level to take any changes into account have taken place. This post was written by Talk Sea Fishing is reader-supported. Submit article Bass are renowned as efficacious fighting fish and battling one on a properly balanced bass rod can provide great sport. Over deep water reefs where you may have 30ft plus of water under the hull you are looking for the peaks of uplifting rock pinnacles. Guest column Again, add the short 8-foot section of Fluorocarbon so the fish do not see the braid in clear water. This rougher ground traps more food and has more hidey holes for crabs and small fish to live in. Look to the mouths of estuaries, immaterial of size, as potential drop holding ground. Guest post: The British record shore caught bass was a 19lb fish caught from Dover Breakwater in 1988. As for mainline – total control is needed when fishing for bass that are feeding tight to the sea bed over sandbanks, reefs and wrecks, so a good 20-30lb braid will help you keep your gear on the bottom while giving maximum bite detection and a quick strike to hook-set speed. However, some knowledgeable bass anglers have witnessed large adult bass behaving in a enculturation manner in shallow water at the heads of estuaries in the mid May period.


Irish Bass Fishing looking for guest posts

They come back on to the rough ground in late August and feed there until Christmas in milder years, with crab again the primary food source aboard fish. Guest posts They thought nothing of spending hours biteless in the quest for the odd red-letter day or sample. Submit article The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. This is reliable and will not damage the fish in any way prior to unhooking and backward. Low water is a good time, especially if it coincides with dusk or dawn, but the bass tend to work a rough ground beach for the first two hours or so of the flood, then move elsewhere, returning for the hour either side of high water. You can use a plain lead and let the tide wash this around in a semi-circle back to shore to cover more ground but choose a lead heavy enough to only slowly move across the sand by tidal pressure on the line. - by feel - bass have a super-sensitive lateral line so can sense the slightest change or movement in the water, which is why they are readily targeted for lure fishing. ■ Rock/beach bass: By far the most common venue around the UK to catch bass is from beaches and mixed-ground shorelines edged by rock reefs and weed. ■ Landing bass: In most situations you can use the waves to help you beach your bass, but don’t drag it on the hook snood alone – use the waves and then pick the fish up once it is grounded, or use a net. These are the least stringent regulations which have been placed on anglers since the bass limits began and mark the first time anglers can legally retain two bass per day since 2015. Only the black bream looks remotely like the bass, but the bream is far more oval, whereas the bass is a long round-bodied fish. Guest post by Typically, though, in ideal surf conditions and depending on depth, the bass will be from 20-yards to 80-yards out, but often working a precise band of water a set distance offshore. Bass numbers improve through May, then peak in late June just as the crab peel starts to wane. To bait with peeler crab, first fully peel a dead but fresh 50p sized peeler crab, then cut the body in half. With time the bass angler will build up a picture of bass movement on the venues being fished, along with the best time to fish. Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. Food washed along by the tide gets ambushed by the ever vigilant bass. Guest post guidelines Rigs – Bass can be caught using many diametric rig tactics from feathers, jigs, pirks, to long flowing traces with livebaits and pennell rigs for deadbaits – the style of fishing and choice of rig will be very much down to the local alternative in the area you fish but there is one rule of thumb… keep it simple and keep it invisible!  Of course we are going to recommend that you check out our site and choose the most desirable for your needs - Cox & Rawle are our preferred choice. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. Join BASS The Bass Anglers’ Sportfishing Society (BASS) is a fishing arrangement dedicated to the conservation of the European sea bass. Single big boulders are another spot where a bait is more likely to be taken. Registered in England and Wales Company No. Worldwide distribution of the European bass. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. The best of the surf bass beaches tend to be shallow, often cut with nonconvergent deeper gutters, and will fully or partially face the prevailing winds. They use the tide to help them travel miles inland. A tactic I’ve used many times on rough ground backed by shingle is what military snipers call “the grave”. Ignore large areas of clean sand and even deeper clean ground gullies. If you prefer the easiness of a fixed spool reel, look at reels in sizes 5500 or 060 sizes holding around 250 to 300-yards of 15lb line. 2 – To the end of the shock leader tie on another size 6 rolling swivel. Areas of small weed growth will also draw fish, as will areas where there are a series of scoured out holes in the sand. The season starts at the outset of April and coincides with the first real flush of the peeling crab. Their range extends along the Atlantic coastline of France, Spain and Portugal and along parts of the north coast of Africa. Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. Rods are the same 2oz to 4oz rods used for surf fishing and need to be between 11ft 6ins and 11ft 9ins ideally. These will only last an hour, maybe a little longer, then the bass move off. Even small almost inconsequential things like old wooden stakes buried upright in the sand that nets may have been staked to will pull bass as they see scoured out areas around their base that crabs and shrimp will hide in. Widely spread through our waters, it can be caught in harbours and estuaries, within feet of the coastline and out to sea over deepwater wrecks and reefs, the bass is one of our only species snug feeding at all depths in the water column, down to depths of 150ft. Guest post by The best rough ground bass anglers develop the ability to read the beach and to see where the bass will work looking for food. A tactic I’ve used many times on rough ground backed by shingle is what military snipers call “the grave”. Lugworm, either blow or black lug, would be the most agreeable bass bait in the surf. The old salt always stays solely on the wheel. Good techniques to catch bass afloat are to drift over wrecks and sandbanks fishing live sandeel on long flowing traces. Live baiting with sandeels, pouting or other small fish is another technique that can get results – especially in places such as piers where these baits can be easily lowered down into the water. Want to write an article Be impatient We love Rapalas in green, blue and silver and Clouser Minnows and sandeels in chartreuse and white livery but keep ringing the changes in terms of lure or fly size and colour. In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. Necessary cookies are dead essential for the website to function by rights. Both high and low water periods, again because of little tidal flow, are poor. They will work around the mouths of estuaries and over inshore rough ground in only a few feet of water. GF-TV or Get Fishing TV has videos about places to fish, fishing tips, venues, fishing tackle and how to use it plus updates from “Get Fishing” at lakes, rivers and canals around the country. Sponsored post by Set the boat up to run at about 1 to 2 knots, no faster. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. As for specimen sizes – school bass up to 2lb are great fun to catch on light tackle and should all be returned. Tackle for bass trolling is simple. Targeting them on flies and lures is great in clear, calm seas and in and around structure and shoals of bait fish, but if it has blown up, stirred the bottom and you are faced with an ‘oxtail soup’ then think about presenting a bait instead, with offerings such as crab or mackerel head always great to have available as back up. For any casting also add a shock leader. Add a few turns of bait elastic around the head for casting security. Dusk and dawn are key feeding times for the bigger bass, and they will often search for food around a specific area, usually just behind the breaking waves on big sandy beaches, but plenty of rock marks and estuaries will also hold bass. Worm baits generally, tend to catch the smaller fish. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. This record was itself broken by John Stephenson who caught a bass of 19lb 12oz at Portsmouth Docks on a frozen sandeel bait. Fishing with a friend is always useful but if you fish alone let friends and/or relatives know where you are and when you will be returning. A steep-to beach is one where the water is much deeper with a high rising shingle bank at the high-water level. Artificial sandeels such as Redgills and Eddystone’s or similar will cover 90% of the fishing. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. 5 – To the hook trace swivel tie on 20-inches of 30lb Fluorocarbon line, alternatively clear mono. In the north areas of England and most of Scotland bass are more likely to be present around the boundary during the summer months although some bass remain close to the shore in the winter. Casting inside 50 yards is essential, and on occasions even 12 yards can be enough. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. Casting inside 50 yards is essential, and on occasions even 12 yards can be enough. Want to write an article As for lure fishing, bass will take all manner of surface, mid-water and bottom lures including spinners, plugs, jellyworms, shads, eels and small pirks. The alternative more heavy-duty outfit is to go for a European style rod between 14 and 15ft, concerted with a 7000 or 8000 sized fixed spool reel and load with 30lb braid and use a 60lb braid shock leader knotted using two Grinner knots back to back. Their range extends along the Atlantic coastline of France, Spain and Portugal and along parts of the north coast of Africa. The bass apparently coughed up a 1lb 8oz pouting, which would have put it well above the current record and over the 20lb mark. Other worm baits like ragworms and maddies catch bass in surf, although these are more likely to attract flounders. Worldwide distribution of the European bass. 1 – Pinch the crab between the eyes to kill it, remove the legs and claws and peel off all the brittle shell to leave just the soft body. Recent years have seen bass numbers decline significantly. 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. Crimp the Shield in place 2-inches above the lead link. They can be found many miles offshore over wrecks in the English Channel and southern North Sea, on inshore wrecks, on sea sandbanks feeding on sandeels, and especially on shallow water reefs close to shore. Guest column Darkness is always good as the fish feel safer when working very tight to dry land. Frozen sandeel, lugworm and ragworm, peeler crab and large flapper deadbaits all suit the static-bait way of fishing. Want to write for This can be fished all day without fatigue, has the option to be cast longer distances, can be used over wrecks or inshore reefs, has the length to play fish that try to get under the boat, but equally has the power to target bigger fish in fast tides. If possible, try to choose tides that begin to flood fully in the dark. It seems less rough-and-ready over clean sand. They are in general caught by trawlers and gill nets. Stagger these distances so that each lure is at a different setting. Occasionally, the bass will be choosy and take nothing but 4ins eels, on the next tide they want the bigger 7in eels, rarely will they take eels larger than this. Talk Sea Fishing is a Digital Angling Media Brand. Wind down hard on the fish retrieving line on the reel and when you feel the full weight of the fish, strike!. The braid line is so delicate that when your instincts become fully attuned to freeline fishing you’ll sense the fish close to the bait before you feel the bite proper. Between 2017 – 2020 regulations have changed for each year but have consisted of bass fishing only being able to take place on a catch and release basis in some months and anglers being limited to retaining set number of bass per day in the other months [regulations for 2021 have not been released at the time of writing]. Submit blog post The art of freelining is concealment. Pick any part of the country where bass are caught and providing you locate suitable ground features, you’re in with a chance. Generally speaking, bass on rough ground prefer the bigger sized spring tides. This indicates we may not know all we think we do when it comes to bass sex habits. Want to write a post The best tides are the building middle sized tides through to the very biggest spring tides. Many anglers take a subtle approach when fishing for bass, using specialist bass rods which allow the initially shy bites of this species to be felt while also retaining the power to cast into the surf. Typically, though, in ideal surf conditions and depending on depth, the bass will be from 20-yards to 80-yards out, but often working a precise band of water a set distance offshore. It has been announced that the 2020 rules for unpaid bass fishing have been rolled over for 2021 for both amateur and dealing fishing. A small live lip-hooked pouting or whiting fished on the surface is a great autumn and early-winter bait from beaches and piers, specially after dark. Where there is a large tidal range, there will be bass, they even seem to prefer the biggest tides of the month – spring tides, because there will be a greater speed in the run of tide. - by feel - bass have a super-sensitive lateral line so can sense the slightest change or movement in the water, which is why they are readily targeted for lure fishing. Beginner angling events - want to get into fishing? Get back into angling, find out where to go fishing, accessible venues, who to go fishing with, tackle to use to start fishing and how to go fishing for the first time. The most consistent lures are colored shads weighted shads in blue and natural colours just as the FIIISH Black Minnow, or the unweighted Berkley Ripple Shads in CC Special and Pearl Sparkle fished on the Whitby rig with a weighted hook. Grip them hard and lift then from the surf. The UK and EU are at loggerheads over bass fishing measures for the remainder of 2021. Worldwide distribution of the European bass. Choose a longer type about 8-feet in length with a fairly fast action and power in the middle section and butt to work fish back against a fast tide run, also to set the hook at long range. Contributing writer Again, the sandeels are worked towards the peak of these pinnacles with the bass below them. Guest posters wanted Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. Contribute to our site However, if you can fish with a 2oz to 2. This indicates areas on the seabed that are incompatible than the flowing tides passes over, creating a surface disturbance. If you stand on the shingle and look at the surface water, note any area where there is upset or troubled water where small waves break. You can use a rod rest or hold the rod, but don’t leave your rod neglected. Therefore very made bass anglers do not cast a set spacing every time. From spring the bass feed on the common shore crabs when they shed their shells, then through summer the fish switch to edible crabs and velvet swimmers and, in an increasing number of regions, spider crabs. For all shallow water fishing you nothing more than a single large swivel. Learn how we write our articles and review our products on our About page. When fishing for bass that are feeding either mid-water or on the surface, clear monofilament between 10-15lb will offer perfect bait presentation without the tangles that are associated with braid fished with slack lines, with one exception – braid suits bass spinning and plug presentation. Due to their cautious nature anglers fishing for bass also steer clear of hi-visibility line, using clear mainlines and leaders and clear mono or fluorocarbon hook snoods. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. If you do need longer range to reach rough ground, then add a 30 or 40lb leader for leads up to 4ozs and increase the line used to make the rig line to the lead weight appropriately. If the crab is not big enough to fully fill the hook, add another half or whole body. Suggest a post Check the tide When cerebration a bass trip, it is essential to know the tide times, both to increase your fishing chances and to ensure your own safety. Become an author Over rocky ground an accurate plop into a gulley can put your bait in front of fish, and a knowledge of the low-tide terrain is a big advantage, so check it out. Again, you can also anchor above the reef on the uptide side and fish sandeel and scombroid fish back over the reef with the tide, or cast spinners, surface popping plugs and weighted shads.


How to catch bass blog for us

In southern Ireland, bass again can be caught all year round, especially in Wexford, Cork and Kerry, but in the north, the season is shortened to mid-June through to late October. Guest post opportunities 4 – To the free end of the 60lb line tie on a size 4 rolling swivel. Guest post opportunities Smaller bass (those under 2lb) are known as school bass and stay in shoals in and around estuaries, while larger bass live in deeper water and become solitary hunters. These are hard lures, generally made out of plastic, and can be floating or diving in design. You can do the same with a couple of smaller soft crab, but you don’t need to cut them as they’ll break up a little when being put on the hook. Be impatient We love Rapalas in green, blue and silver and Clouser Minnows and sandeels in chartreuse and white livery but keep ringing the changes in terms of lure or fly size and colour. Bass will see up through the water column and at a shallow upward angle beyond that. By 2015 it was clear that the measures were ineffective and bass numbers were still declining and further measures were needed. Check out our guide for catching them from the boat and shore. Contributing writer You can also trot small live mackerel, pollack and pouting down into the wreck and this is highly rough-and-ready. The only criteria here is of boat and crew safety. Be adaptable Don’t become too stereotypical with your bass fishing. Rough seas can be very good, but generally, you’ll need to cast further to find the fish. Crab, crab, crab and crab is the straight answer! Shore peeler crab is the main bait as this is what the bass come into the rocks and creeks looking for. At high water, do not be afraid to fish just 10 to 20-yards out from the high-water line. Talk trolling techniques from small boats and most anglers assume you’re discussing foreign gamefish. If you have no choice but to fish a daylight tide, then the best conditions are when there is good cloud cover to subdue the light levels travel the shallow water. In 2013 the UK media reported that bass numbers were at their lowest in twenty years and that the breeding stock of bass had reduced by almost a third since 2009. Bass bites are usually strong – either a slack liner or the rod dragged over. Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. To retain the action of the lure you require minimal weight to be added. Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. If you prefer the easiness of a fixed spool reel, look at reels in sizes 5500 or 060 sizes holding around 250 to 300-yards of 15lb line. Frozen sandeel, lugworm and ragworm, peeler crab and large flapper deadbaits all suit the static-bait way of fishing. This indicates we may not know all we think we do when it comes to bass sex habits. Contributing writer This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. When you click on links to buy products we may earn money to help support our work. This is the place to target bass which will run the spot of shingle and sand. Kill the crab and peel it of all the brittle shell but leaving the legs on both sides. Although some bass will always be present on rough ground beaches, especially during rough seas, their numbers drop dramatically in July through to mid-August when the crab peel in fewer numbers, also the bass tend to move out onto offshore reefs and target small fish such as sandeel and joey mackerel. 4 – The best hook is a Mustad Viking 79515 size 4/0. Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. This is a guest post by Don’t overcast Bass are disreputable for striking close in, very close, so make sure you search out the water under your feet, even if it is shallow. Subscribe to our newsletter to support BASS and keep up-to-date with the latest news. Add a few turns of bait elastic around the head for casting security. Submit blog post Moving away from the estuaries, look to the rough ground beaches as your next test area. Never rule out full daylight, but ideally you need to be fishing on the more overcast days, better still if it’s drizzling or raining, the water carries just a hint of colour and a light breeze roughens up the seas surface to inhibit light sexual relation. This is a guest post by You will also feel the pressure on the line fall slack. Dedicated bass anglers pull their hair out when they hear a novice has fluked a fish of a lifetime. Please release your larger speciments to ensure that they can spawn and sustain our vital bass fishery!!. Submit guest post 6 – Position the Impact Shield just above the lead link and put the hook inside the clip of the lead link. Choose either a 9ft 6in spinning rod capable of casting up to 3ozs or go for a full 2-4oz bass rod, but make sure the latter is a very light example as you will be holding it all the time. They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. This occurs mainly in deeper water offshore between January and March. It is ideal for fishing weighted shads and sandeel imitators and is also good for presenting fresh small live fish in a natural manner such as sandeel and scombroid fish. Ragworm also works but is never as tried and true in the surf as lug is. Guest posting rules Tackle for bass trolling is simple. Guest post courtesy of Share on Facebook Share on Twitter Share on Linked In Share by Email. 15lb to 20lb mono and a shock leader complete the outfit. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. Guest column Video Rewind… JT Ties A Killer Fly. After storms, razorfish can be deadly, as can queen cockles, and in the autumn period, bigger bass will also take mackerel heads simply hooked through the two jaws or between the eyes, whole squid and half body sections of bluey. You can fish with 15lb line and a 30lb to 40lb shock leader. The regulations for anglers fishing for bass in British waters were inveterate in January 2020. In 2016 this consisted of anglers only being permitted to fish for bass on a catch and release basis only for the first six months of the year and limited to retaining one bass per angler per day for the second half of the year. Articles wanted It always pays to add a short 5ft section of 20lb Fluorocarbon line to minimise visual contact between the braid and the fish but also to just give a hint of physical property when playing big fish right under the rod tip. Want to contribute to our website An 040 to 050 size is ideal and light in weight. A first light session before joining the family for breakfast and a day on the beach is our favourite on a summer holiday, but go with whatever works for you and your routine. This scene often occurs when an estuary flanks the beach. Bass run the estuary on the flood tide, but as they leave the estuary as the tide begins to flow out, they drop back down the length of the beach with the ebbing tide. The constituted season for bass is from April through to November, though in Wales and the southern coast of England fish can be caught throughout the year. Simply pass a long-shanked hook down through the mouth and out through the gill, then stitch it twice more in and out of the body to leave the hook point clear about halfway down. Please leave a message if you call outside these hours or email us. Guest posts They produce regular newsletters, arrange social events and fish-ins and provide a wealth of information for all bass fishers. Another good estuary bait, especially after an autumnal storm is razorfish and mussel. JUST ARRIVED:HARDY ULTRALITE LL SINGLE HANDED FLY RODPrice £699. Write for us This rougher ground traps more food and has more hidey holes for crabs and small fish to live in. If these run for any distance in an offshore direction, then at some time they will hold bass. Therefore, the bass specimen hunter will need a variety of rods in his armoury to be able to fish a variety of locations and conditions. This, along with stormproof bass areas, has seen the fishing there improve dramatically, with many in the UK seeing the Irish model as a way to restore British bass stocks. This is another good place to trot whole live sandeel and scombroid down with the tide using a light lead just enough to keep the bait up in the water column. Big softies need to have the hook passed through the back and be brought out and upwards through the belly. This is an ideal length and light enough to hold for long periods when feeling for bites. As a junior I was raised catching bass with my father, and he and his best angling mate were infrangible fanatics. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. The worst thing you can do is to keep walking backwards and forrader up and down the shingle or rocks as the fish will see or hear you and vacate the immediate area. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. Choose a model with a good front drag system such as the Penn Slammer 4000, Penn Clash 4000, or equivalent Shimano or Daiwa. Looking at how to fish polar shore marks for bass as well as fishing from the boat and troll. Guest post policy Good reels are the ABU 6500 range and similar loaded with 20 to 25lb line, or in extreme cases the Penn 525 carrying 25 to 30lb line. Lead weights will typically be 2ozs to 4ozs and should be grip wires in normal surf conditions. Day light fishing can be productive, but generally it’s at night that the best of the fishing is enjoyed. Bass are often shy biters on rough ground and often you’ll feel a light tap on the rod tip as the bass blows the crab in and out of its mouth almost testing it. Bass fishing is the ultimate in specimen hunting. Writers wanted They can be found many miles offshore over wrecks in the English Channel and southern North Sea, on inshore wrecks, on sea sandbanks feeding on sandeels, and especially on shallow water reefs close to shore. Our experts have pulled unitedly their suggested bass fishing tackle for you to browse. Bass though can literally be at your feet or 150-yards plus out. Ideal weather in period is an cloud over day with a light force two to force four wind poker hand in off the sea. Live mackerel is also excellent in season. The spiral is best having the best streamlined shape and are less conspicuous. If you keep quiet and out of sight, bass will be almost at your feet. Submit a guest post A hard strike will see the hook come through the softie and into the mouth of the bass. WHERE TO CATCH BASSEach choice has its own methods and best times. The negotiations have paused before restarting next week when everyone hopes a find can be made. Once you know and understand the ground composition you are looking for, the method is easy. I love fishing, and Bass fishing is a great fun by itself. Don’t worry too much if the hook point is not fully clear. Smaller bass (those under 2lb) are known as school bass and stay in shoals in and around estuaries, while larger bass live in deeper water and become solitary hunters. This size of bait has the weight in itself to be easily cast 20yds or more. The usual baits such as lugworm, squid, ragworm and even razorfish will work, but are never as good as crab for overall numbers of fish caught. Bass below the minimum size limit of 42cm must be returned. Always the best fishing will be on the tides that fall in the three days prior to the biggest tide of all. Landings limits in 2021 will provisionally stay the same until further notice into the new year, once annual negotiations for 2021 have been completed, and any exploit steps to be taken at UK level to take any changes into account have taken place. However, sometimes the bass work in an eccentric manner and demand lighting fixture orange, bright yellow, or luminous green. Guest post courtesy of You will always see the bite via the lift and alteration of the line first. That said, with the sliding swivel, a cautious bass can be allowed to pull line freely through the sliding swivel without fully feeling the lead weight. Beginner angling events - want to get into fishing? Get back into angling, find out where to go fishing, accessible venues, who to go fishing with, tackle to use to start fishing and how to go fishing for the first time. You have no items in your shopping cart. Bass are in high demand from commercial fisheries and command a high price in restaurants and fishmongers. Always use a clear leader for daylight bassing as bass can shy away from bright colours. During gales some big bass will come to feed inside the smaller estuaries. A long fish with alluring silver metallic-looking scales, a tail like a shovel, sharp gill plates and a spine-loaded dorsal fin – the bass is probably the most attractive of our fish. Tie the main line to one eye of the swivel, and a length of 12 to 15lb line about 8ft long to the other, then the eel. The action needs to be a semi supple tip, but with degree power in the upper mid-section to give good casting range with light leads, but also to drive hooks home at long range into the hard bony mouth of a bass. You’ll know the fish is beaten only when it wallows and thrashes on the surface.